Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C Engine Control System - New 1.2L（B12-MCE）
Chapter 6
Engine
6.4C Engine Control System - New 1.2L（B12-MCE） 1
6.4C.1 Specifications(N300/N310) ................................ 4
6.4C.1.1 Fastener Tightening Specifications ................. 4
6.4C.2A Circuit Diagram (N300) .................................... 5
6.4C.2.1 Routing diagrams ............................................ 5
6.4C.2.2 View of engine control module (ECM) end ..... 7
6.4C.2.2 View of engine control module (ECM) end . 11
6.4C.3A Description of engine control system connector
(N300) .......................................................................... 13
6.4C.3.1 Electronic throttle........................................... 13
6.4C.3.2 Water temperature sensor............................. 13
6.4C.3.3 Intake pressure sensor .................................. 13
6.4C.3.4 Canister solenoid valve ................................. 13
6.4C.3.5 Back oxygen sensor ...................................... 14
6.4C.3.6 Front oxygen sensor ..................................... 14
6.4C.3.7 Crankshaft position sensor ............................ 14
6.4C.3.8 Intake side camshaft position sensor ............ 14
6.4C.3.9 EGR valve ..................................................... 15
6.4C.3.10 Intake air temperature sensor ..................... 15
6.4C.3.11 Vehicle speed sensor .................................. 15
6.4C.3.12 Knock sensor............................................... 15
6.4C.3.13 Intake side VVT control ............................... 16
6.4C.3.14 Air conditioning evaporator temperature
sensor .......................................................................... 16
6.4C.3.15 Ignition coil 1 ............................................... 16
6.4C.3.16 Ignition coil 2 ............................................... 16
6.4C.3.17 Ignition coil 3 ............................................... 17
6.4C.3.18 Ignition coil 4 ............................................... 17
6.4C.3.19 Fuel injector 1 .............................................. 17
6.4C.3.20 Fuel injector 2 .............................................. 17
6.4C.3.21 Fuel injector 3 .............................................. 18
6.4C.3.22 Fuel injector 4 .............................................. 18
6.4C.3.23 Fuel pump ................................................... 18
6.4C.3.24 Electronic accelerator pedal ........................ 18
6.4C.3.25 Electronic clutch switch ............................... 19
6.4C.3.27 Service brake switch ................................... 19
6.4C.3.1 Electronic throttle valve .............................. 20
6.4C.3.2 Water temperature sensor .......................... 20
6.4C.3.3 Intake air pressure sensor .......................... 20
6.4C.3.4 Canister solenoid valve .............................. 20
6.4C.3.5 Back oxygen sensor ................................... 21
6.4C.3.6 Front oxygen sensor ................................... 21
6.4C.3.7 Crankshaft position sensor ......................... 21
6.4C.3.8 Air inlet side camshaft position sensor ....... 21
6.4C.3.9 EGR valve ................................................... 22
6.4C.3.10 Intake air temperature sensor................... 22
6.4C.3.11 Vehicle speed sensor ................................ 22
6.4C.3.12
Knock sensor .......................................... 22
6.4C.3.13 Air inlet side VVT control ............................. 23
6.4C.3.14 Air conditioning evaporator temperature
sensor .......................................................................... 23
6.4C.3.15 Ignition coil1 1 ........................................... 23
6.4C.3.16 Ignition coil 2 ............................................. 23
6.4C.3.17 Ignition coil 3 ............................................. 24
6.4C.3.18 Ignition coil 4 ............................................. 24
6.4C.3.19 Fuel injector 1 ........................................... 24
6.4C.3.20 Fuel injector 2 ........................................... 24
6.4C.3.21 Fuel injector 3 ........................................... 25
6.4C.3.22 Fuel injector 4 ........................................... 25
6.4C. 3.23 Fuel pump ................................................ 25
6.4C. 3.24 Electronic accelerator pedal .................... 25
6.4C. 3.26 Wheel speed sensor ................................ 26
6.4C. 3.27 Service brake switch ................................ 26
6.4C.4 Diagnostic information and procedures............ 27
6.4C.4.1 Diagnostic starting point ................................ 27
6.4C.4.2 Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD)
system .......................................................................... 27
6.4C.4.3 Type definitions of diagnostic trouble code
(DTC) ........................................................................... 30
6.4C.4.4 Inoperative Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL)
..................................................................................... 34
6.4C.4.5 Diagnosis of data link connector ................... 36
6.4C.4.6 DTC P0130 Upstream oxygen sensor circuit
open ............................................................................. 38
6.4C.4.7 DTC P0136 Downstream oxygen sensor circuit
open ............................................................................. 40
6.4C.4.8 DTC P0131 Upstream oxygen sensor circuit
short to earth ................................................................ 42
6.4C.4.9 DTC P0137 Downstream oxygen sensor circuit
short to earth ................................................................ 44
6.4C.4.10 DTC P0132 Upstream oxygen sensor circuit
short to power .............................................................. 46
6.4C.4.11 DTC P0138 Downstream oxygen sensor
circuit short to power .................................................... 48
6.4C.4.12 DTC P0031 Upstream oxygen sensor heater
control circuit open or short to earth ............................ 50
6.4C.4.13 DTC P0037 Downstream oxygen sensor
heater control circuit open or short to earth ................. 51
6.4C.4.14 DTC P0032 Upstream oxygen sensor heater
control circuit short to power ........................................ 52
6.4C.4.15 DTC P0038 Downstream oxygen sensor
heater control circuit short to power ............................. 53
6.4C.4.16 DTC P0106 Improper intake manifold
pressure sensor signal ................................................. 54
6.4C.4.17 DTC P0107 Intake manifold pressure sensor
circuit short to earth ..................................................... 56
6.4C.4.18 DTC P0108 Intake manifold pressure sensor
circuit short to power .................................................... 58
6.4C.4.19 DTC P0112 Intake temperature sensor circuit
short to earth ................................................................ 60
6.4C.4.20 DTC P0113 Intake temperature sensor circuit
short to power .............................................................. 62
6.4C.4.21 DTC P0117 Engine coolant temperature
sensor circuit short to earth .......................................... 64
6.4C.4.22 DTC P0118 Engine coolant temperature
sensor circuit short to power or open ........................... 66
6.4C.4.23 DTC P0119 Engine coolant temperature
sensor signal gradient failure ....................................... 68
6.4C.4.24 DTC P0123 Overtension of throttle position
sensor 1 ....................................................................... 71
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.25 DTC P0122 Low voltage of throttle position
sensor 1 ....................................................................... 74
6.4C.4.26 DTC P0223 Overtension of throttle position
sensor 2 ....................................................................... 77
6.4C.4.27 DTC P0222 Low voltage of throttle position
sensor 2 ....................................................................... 80
6.4C.4.28 DTC P2135 Inappropriate voltage relativity of
throttle position sensor 1/2 ........................................... 83
6.4C.4.29 DTC P2123 Overtension of accelerator
position sensor 1 .......................................................... 84
6.4C.4.30 DTC P2122 Low voltage of accelerator
position sensor 1 .......................................................... 85
6.4C.4.31 DTC P2128 Overtension of accelerator
position sensor 2 .......................................................... 86
6.4C.4.32 DTC P2127 Low voltage of accelerator
position sensor 2 .......................................................... 87
6.4C.4.33 DTC P2138 Inappropriate voltage relativity of
accelerator position sensor 1/2 .................................... 88
6.4C.4.34 DTC P0627 Fuel pump relay circuit open ... 89
6.4C.4.35 DTC P0628 Fuel pump relay circuit short to
earth ............................................................................. 91
6.4C.4.36 DTC P0629 Fuel pump relay circuit short to
power ........................................................................... 93
6.4C.4.37 DTC P0201 1st cylinder fuel injector circuit
open ............................................................................. 95
6.4C.4.38 DTC P0202 2nd cylinder fuel injector circuit
open ............................................................................. 97
6.4C.4.39 DTC P0203 3rd cylinder fuel injector circuit
open ............................................................................. 99
6.4C.4.40 DTC P0204 4th cylinder fuel injector circuit
open ........................................................................... 101
6.4C.4.41 DTC P0261, P0264, P0267 and P0270
Cylinder 1/2/3/4 fuel injector circuit short to earth ..... 103
Circuit description ...................................................... 103
6.4C.4.42 DTC P0262, P0265, P0268 and P0271
Cylinder 1/2/3/4 fuel injector circuit short to power .... 105
6.4C.4.43 DTC P0300 Repeated misfire, P0301 Misfire
0 (cylinder 1), P0302 Misfire 3 (cylinder 2), P0303
Misfire 1 (cylinder 3), and P0304 Misfire 2 (cylinder 4)
................................................................................... 107
6.4C.4.44 DTC P0325 Knock sensor failure (signal
pickup fault) ................................................................ 109
6.4C. 4.45 DTC P0325 knock sensor fault (signal value
fault) ........................................................................... 111
6.4C.4.46 DTC P0336 Inappropriate/No/Losing
synchronization of crankshaft sensor signal .............. 113
6.4C.4.47 DTC P0315 Flywheel self-adaption cycle time
at limit state ................................................................ 115
6.4C.4.48 DTC P0373 Incorrect signal/signal cycle of
crankshaft teeth ......................................................... 117
6.4C.4.49 DTC P0341 Inappropriate intake camshaft
position sensor signal / intake camshaft position sensor
signal cycle out-of-limit / intake camshaft position sensor
with problematic sysnchronization ............................. 119
6.4C.4.50 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354 ignition
coil 1 open circuit/ignition coil 2 open circuit/ignition coil
3 open circuit/ignition coil 4 open circuit .................... 121
6.4C.4.51 DTC P2300, P02303, P02306, P2309 1
cylinder/2 cylinder /3 cylinder/4 cylinder ignition coil
short to earth .............................................................. 123
6.4C.4.52 DTC P2301, P02304, P02307, P2310 1
cylinder/2 cylinder /3 cylinder/4 cylinder ignition coil
short to power ............................................................ 125
6.4C.4.53 DTC P0420 Low catalyst conversion
efficiency .................................................................... 127
6.4C.4.54 DTC P0444 Canister control valve circuit
open ........................................................................... 129
6.4C.4.55 DTC P0458 Canister control valve circuit
short to earth .............................................................. 131
6.4C.4.56 DTC P0459 Canister control valve circuit
short to power ............................................................ 133
6.4C.4.57 DTC P0691 Cooling fan relay 1 circuit open or
short to earth .............................................................. 135
6.4C.4.58 DTC P0692 Cooling fan relay 1 circuit short to
power ......................................................................... 137
6.4C.4.59 DTC P0693 Cooling fan relay 2 circuit open or
short to earth .............................................................. 139
6.4C.4.60 DTC P0694 Cooling fan relay 2 circuit short to
power ......................................................................... 141
6.4C.4.61 DTC P0500 Inappropriate vehicle speed
sensor signal .............................................................. 143
6.4C.4.62 DTC P0537 Air conditioning evaporator
temperature sensor short to earth.............................. 145
6.4C.4.63 DTC P0538 Air conditioning evaporator
temperature sensor circuit short to power or open .... 147
6.4C.4.64 DTC P0645 A/C compressor relay circuit
open ........................................................................... 149
6.4C.4.65 DTC P0646 A/C compressor relay circuit
short to earth .............................................................. 151
6.4C.4.66 DTC P0647 A/C compressor relay circuit
short to power ............................................................ 153
6.4C.4.67 DTC P0685 Main relay circuit break to earth
................................................................................... 155
6.4C.4.68 DTC P0686 Main relay circuit short to earth
................................................................................... 157
6.4C.4.69 DTC P0687 Main relay circuit short to power
................................................................................... 159
6.4 C. 4.70 DTC P2413 EGR valve position self-learning
error............................................................................ 161
6.4 C. 4.71 DTC P0488 EGR valve position control error
................................................................................... 162
6.4 C. 4.72 DTC P0488 ETC electrical failure open
circuit .......................................................................... 163
6.4 C. 4.73 DTC P0638 ETC_1 unreasonable output
signal of position controller ........................................ 164
6.4C.4.74 DTC P0638 Unreasonable output signal of
ETC_2 position controller ........................................... 165
6.4C.4.75 P060A Monitoring fault ........................... 166
6.4C.4.76 DTC P0016 Intake Camshaft Position Offset
................................................................................... 167
6.4C.4.77 DTC P2176 TPS cannot reach cutoff point/
TPS position self-leaning fault ................................... 168
6.4C.4.78 DTC P0121 Unreasonable throttle position
sensor 1 signal and DTC P0221 unreasonable throttle
position sensor 2 signal ............................................. 169
6.4C.4.79 DTC P0650 Malfunction indicating lamp
circuit open, short to earth or short to power ............. 170
6.4C.4.80 DTC P0562 Low power supply voltage ..... 172
6.4C.4.81 DTC P0563 High power supply voltage .... 174
6.4C.4.82 DTC P0171 Fuel system diagnosis - too lean
................................................................................... 176
6.4C.4.83 DTC P0172 Fuel system diagnosis - too rich
................................................................................... 178
6.4C.4.84 DTC P0133 Slow conversion time response
of upstream oxygen sensor ........................................ 180
6.4C.4.85 DTC P0643 High voltage of sensor supply
voltage 1 circuit, P0642 Low voltage of sensor supply
voltage 1 circuit, P0653 High voltage of sensor supply
Engine Control System （1.2L）
voltage 2 circuit, and P0652 Low voltage of sensor
supply voltage 2 circuit ............................................... 183
6.4C.4.86 DTC P0075 Intake VVT solenoid circuit open
................................................................................... 185
6.4C.4.87 DTC P0076 Intake VVT solenoid short to
earth ........................................................................... 187
6.4C.4.88 DTC P0077 Intake VVT solenoid short to
power ......................................................................... 189
6.4C.4.89 DTC P0487 EGR Valve Driver Open-circuit
................................................................................... 191
6.4 C.4.90 DTC P0489 EGR Driver short to earth ..... 193
6.4C.4.91 DTC P0490 EGR Driver short to power . 195
6.4C.4.92 DTC P0506 Too low speed by idle speed
control and DTC P0507 Too high speed by idle speed
control ........................................................................ 197
6.4C.4.93 DTC P0504 Inappropriate brake light and
brake signals relativity................................................ 198
6.4C.4.94 DTC P2299 Contradictory positions of the
break and the accelerator pedal ................................ 200
6.4C.4.95 DCT P0406 EGR valve position signal high,
DTC P0405 EGR valve position signal low ................ 201
6.4C.4.96 DTC P0135 unreasonable heating circuit of
upstream oxygen sensor............................................ 202
6.4C.4.97 DTC P0134 preparation of upstream oxygen
sensor uncompleted................................................... 203
6.4C.4.98 DTC P2158 unreasonable wheel speed
sensor signal .............................................................. 204
6.4C.4.99 DTC P0011 Camshaft position sensor offset
in steady working condition ........................................ 205
6.4C.4.100 DTC P2118 throttle position signal deviation
too large ..................................................................... 206
6.4C.4.101 DTC P2096 fuel correction too dilut/ P2097
fuel correction too dense............................................ 207
6.4C.4.103 DTC P2120 accelerator pedal disconnection
diagnosis .................................................................... 209
6.4C.4.104 DTC P0141 unreasonabl heating circuite of
downstream oxygen sensor ....................................... 210
6.4C.4.105 DTC P060C main controller monitoring fault
................................................................................... 211
6.4C.4.106 DTC P061A reasonability monitoring fault of
required torque and actual torque P061B actual or
required torque exceeding the allowable value. ........ 212
6.4C.4.107 Symptom ................................................. 213
6.4C.4.108 Intermittent conditions ............................. 214
6.4C.4.92 Starting difficulty ........................................ 215
6.4C.4.110 Surges/chugging...................................... 216
6.4C.4.111 Lack of power, sluggishness or sponginess
................................................................................... 217
6.4C.4.112 Knock/spark knock .................................. 218
6.4C.4.113 Hesitation, sag and stumble .................... 219
6.4C.4.114 Power failure or insufficiency ................... 220
6.4C.4.115 Poor fuel economy................................... 222
6.4C.4.116 Rough, unstable or incorrect idle and stalling
................................................................................... 223
6.4C.4.117 Dieseling and run-on ............................... 224
6.4C.4.101 Backfiring................................................. 225
6.4C.4.119 Diagnosis of engine control module ........ 226
6.4C.4.120 The air-conditioning circuit controlled by
engine control module ................................................ 230
6.4C.4.121 Diagnosis of electric cooling fan.............. 233
6.4C.4.122 Check of fuel tank leak ............................ 235
6.4C.4.99 Alcohol/contaminants-in-fuel diagnosis ..... 235
6.4C.4.123 Diagnosis of electronic ignition (EI) system
................................................................................... 236
6.4C.5 Repair instructions .......................................... 238
6.4C.5.1 Replacement of intake air temperature sensor
................................................................................... 238
6.4C.5.2 Intake pressure sensor replacement ........... 239
6.4C.5.3 Replacement of electronic throttle valve body
assembly .................................................................... 240
6.4C.5.4 Replacement of EGR Valve......................... 241
6.4C.5.5 Replacement of air intake side VVT actuator
................................................................................... 242
6.4C.5.6 Replacement of front oxygen sensor .......... 243
6.4C.5.7 Replacement of back oxygen sensor .......... 244
6.4C.5.8 Replacement of camshaft position sensor .. 245
6.4C.5.9 Replacement of crankshaft position sensor 246
6.4C.5.10 Replacement of coolant temperature sensor
................................................................................... 247
6.4C.5.11 Replacement of knock sensor ................... 248
6.4C.5.12 Replacement of canister solenoid valve.... 249
6.4C.5.13 Replacement of engine module ................ 250
6.4C.5.14 Replacement of electronic accelerator pedal
................................................................................... 251
6.4C.6 Descriptions and operation ............................ 252
6.4C.6.1 General description ..................................... 252
6.4.6.2 Description of engine control module(ECM) .. 252
6.4.6.3 Description of air intake system ..................... 252
6.4C.6.4 Sensor Information/ Switch Description ...... 252
6.4C.6.5 Fuel Rail Description ................................... 253
6.4C.6.6 Fuel Injector Description ............................. 253
6.4C.7 Special tools and equipment .......................... 253
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.1 Specifications(N300/N310)
6.4C.1.1 Fastener Tightening Specifications
Application
Specification
Intake pressure temperature sensor
8-12 N. m
Electronic throttle valve
8-12N. m
EGR valve
6-10 N. m
Air inlet side VVT actuator
8-12N. m
Oxygen sensor
40-60N. m
Camshaft Position Sensor
8-12N. m
Crankshaft Position Sensor
8-12N. m
Coolant Temperature Sensor
18-22N. m
Knock Sensor
20-25N. m
Canister Solenoid Valve
8-12N. m
Electronic Accelerator Pedal
9-11N.m
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.2A Circuit Diagram (N300)
6.4C.2.1 Routing diagrams
1
Crankshaft
曲轴位置
1
Position
传感器
Sensor2
3
2
喷
嘴
蓝/白
Blue/White
1
2
喷
嘴
紫/棕
Purple/Brown
3
喷
嘴
蓝/红
Blue/Red
Sprayer 2
1
白/黄
White/Yellow
喷
嘴
2
1
2
2
3
Back Oxygen
后氧传感器
Sensor
1
A-H4
绿/白
Green/White
4
2
3
Front Oxygen
前氧传感器
Sensor
1
A-H1
4
绿
Green
B-C1 B-F2 B-N4
/Yellow
红/黄
绿/白 Purple/Yellow
紫/黄
Red/Yellow Green/White
A-H2
绿/蓝
Green/Blue
Engine ECU
New 1.2 L发动机ECU
新1.2L
B-A3 B-E2 B-O4
红/绿
紫/黑
Red/Green 红/黑
Red/Black
Purple/Black
B-L4
绿/红
White
白
1
2
20
Red/Green
红/绿
F19
10A
F6
15A
1 C109
白
White
w
White/Yello
白/黄
主
控 5
Main
继
Relay
电
器 3
19
黄/蓝
Yellow/Blue
3
B-P3
11
B-D1
Yellow/
黄
C105
Blue/Grey
蓝/灰
B-K2
B-K3
Red/Yellow
红/黄
ZK
橙/棕
2
1
车速传
Speed
Vehicle
Sensor
感器
Orange/Brown
红
Red
A-H3
1
3
2
3
1
3
2
3
1
点火
Ignition
Coil 4
线圈4
2
点火
Ignition
Coil 3
线圈3
1
点火
Ignition
Coil 2
线圈2
2
点火
Ignition
Coil 1
线圈1
Green/Red
B-E1 B-F1
B-K4
2
Sprayer 1
棕/红
Purple/Red
1
红
1
轮速传
speed
Wheel
sensor
感器
Red
B-M4
2
1
B-J4
2
Blue/Yellow
Green/Red
绿/红
蓝/黄
Sprayer 3
B-M3
紫/白
Purple/White
2
进 2
执气
行侧
器
1
1
B-Q3
B-H3 B-J2
绿/橙
Green/Orange
4
3
6
A-C4 B-H2A-E1 B-O2
2
Valve
EGR
EGR阀
碳
罐
控
制
阀
Sprayer 4
Air Intake Side
VVT Actuator
Blue/Brown Brown Orange/Yellow Grey
蓝/棕
棕 棕/黄 灰
1
4
Canister Control
Valve
仪
表
Meter
白
White
1 C109
白
White
F4
5A
蓝
Blue
6
车
Vehicle
速
Speed
32
7 C101
Red/Black
红/黑
Red/Black
红/黑
11
转
Speed
速
棕/黑
Brown/Black
Blue
蓝
C101
22
14
黄/紫
C105
6
33
Yellow/Purple
绿/黑
Green/Black
B-N3
黑
Black
G201
BAT+
接地
Grounding
13AC-06C02001
VTT
Engine Control System （1.2L）
黑/白
Black/White
F12
15A
灰
Grey
2
Air Intake
进气压力
Pressure
传感器
Sensor
1
Green/Red
绿/红
3
A-C2
绿/黑
Green/Black
1
2
Knock
爆震
Sensor
传感器
3
Black/Green
蓝黑/绿
Blue
5
Electronic Accelerator
电子油门踏板
Pedal
Green/White
3
B-H1 B-M1 B-D2 B-D3 B-C2 B-B1
Yellow Brown/Yellow
Brown/Blue Yellow/Brown
黄棕/黄 绿/白棕/蓝黄/棕
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
White/Red
Red
White/Blue
红 Green
绿 Black
黑 白/红 Black
黑 白/蓝
C105
34
36
41
21
蓝/白
Blue/White
新1.2L 发动机ECU
New 1.2 L Engine ECU
2
Brown/White
3
4
电子节流阀控制模块
Control Module
Electronic Throttle
1
6
Blue/Red 白/黄 红/白
Red/White 绿/黄棕/白
Green/Yellow
Grey/White
蓝/红
灰/白
White/Yellow
A-F1 A-F3 A-D4 A-G1 A-C1 A-D2
B-A4 B-B2 B-A1
A-E4
1
2
Intake
进气温度
Temperature
Sensor
传感器
w
棕/黄
Brown/Yello
A-F4 A-B4 A-G2
w
Blue/Black Red/Yello
棕/红 蓝/黑红/黄
Brown/Red
蓝黑
Blue/Black
1
2
B-L1 B-M2 B-C3
B-A2
39 C105
Black/Red
黑/红
白
White
紫/白
Purple/White
3
Side
Intake
进气侧
Camshaft
凸轮轴位置
Position
传感器
Sensor
1
3 C101
2
14 C105
A-D3
黑/白
Black/White
3
B-P2
A-B2
3
Water
水温
Temperature
传感器
Sensor
Blue/Black
蓝/黑
B-P1
黑
Black
G201
Instrument
组合
Cluster
仪表
A-G4
IGN1
接地
Grounding
13AC-06C02002
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.2.2 View of engine control module (ECM) end
13AC-06C02003
A_A1
Blue-black
CAN high
B_E1
Red-white
Wheel speed sensor+
A_A2
White-purple
Air conditioning pressure switch
B_E2
Red-black
Grounding of back oxygen sensor
A_A3
White
Clutch switch
B_E3
--
--
A_A4
Yellow-white
Diagnosis of K-line
B_E4
--
--
A_B1
Black-red
CAN low
B_F1
White-yellow
Wheel speed sensor-
A_B2
Black-white
Grounding of water temperature
sensor
B_F2
Green-white
Grounding of front oxygen sensor
A_B3
--
--
B_F3
--
--
A_B4
Blue-black
Grounding of intake air pressure
sensor
B_F4
--
--
A_C1
Brown-white
Signal 2 of throttle position sensor
B_G1
Blue-green
Air conditioning evaporator
temperature sensor
A_C2
Green-red
Grounding of intake air temperature
sensor
B_G2
--
--
A_C3
Green-white
Brake light switch
B_G3
--
--
A_C4
Blue-brown
Power supply of EGR position
sensor
B_G4
Blue-grey
Fuel pump relay
A_D1
Yellow-blue
Air-conditioning switch
B_H1
Blue-white
Power supply of accelerator pedal
2
A_D2
Grey-white
Grounding of of throttle position
sensor
B_H2
Brown
Grounding of EGR position sensor
A_D3
Blue-black
Engine water temperature sensor
B_H3
Blue-yellow
Signal of crankshaft position
sensor
Engine Control System （1.2L）
A_D4
Red-white
Power supply of throttle position
sensor
B_H4
Brown-yellow
MIL
A_E1
Brown-yellow
EGR position sensor
B_J1
--
--
A_E2
Orange-green
Service brake switch
B_J2
Green-red
Grounding of crankshaft position
sensor
A_E3
Grey-red
B_J3
Green-white
Relay control of fan 2
A_E4
Brown-yellow
Grounding of air conditioning
evaporator temperature sensor
Intake air temperature sensor
B_J4
Purple-white
Air inlet side VVT
A_F1
Blue-red
Throttle motor—
B_K1
--
--
A_F2
Blue-yellow
Power-assisted steering switch
（reserved）
B_K2
Orange-brown
Grounding of vehicle speed signal
A_F3
White-yellow
Signal 1 of throttle position sensor
B_K3
Red-yellow
Main relay
A_F4
Brown-red
Power supply of intake air pressure
sensor
B_K4
Blue-red
Fuel injector 2
A_G1
Green-yellow
Throttle motor +
B_L1
Purple-white
Power supply of intake camshaft
sensor
A_G2
Red-yellow
Intake air pressure sensor
B_L2
--
--
A_G3
--
--
B_L3
Brown
Control of fan relay
A_G4
Black
B_L4
Brown-red
Fuel injector 1
A_H1
Green-blue
Ignition coil 3
B_M1
Yellow
A_H2
Green-white
Ignition coil 2
B_M2
Grey
A_H3
Green
Ignition coil 4
B_M3
Blue-white
Oil injection 4
A_H4
Green-red
Ignition coil 1
B_M4
Purple-brown
Oil injection 3
B_A1
Black-green
Knock sensor shield grounding
B_N1
--
--
B_A2
White
Battery supply
B_N2
Black-green
Air condition compressor relay
B_A3
Red-green
Back oxygen sensor
B_N3
Black
Engine speed（meter）
B_A4
Green-black
Input of knock signal
B_N4
Purple-yellow
Heating of front oxygen sensor
B_B1
Yellow-brown
Signal 2 of accelerator pedal
B_O1
--
--
B_B2
Blue
Knock grounding
B_O2
Grey
EGR valve
B_B3
--
--
B_O3
--
--
B_B4
--
--
B_O4
Purple-black
Heating of back oxygen sensor
B_C1
Red-yellow
Front oxygen sensor
B_P1
Black
Power grounding 2
B_C2
Blue-brown
Grounding of accelerator pedal 2
B_P2
Black
Power grounding 1
B_C3
Blue-black
Air intake camshaft position sensor
B_P3
Yellow
Battery power（constant power
supply）
B_C4
--
--
B_P4
Red
Battery power（after main relay）
B_D1
Blue-grey
Vehicle speed signal
B_Q1
--
--
B_D2
brown-yellow
Grounding of accelerator pedal 1
B_Q2
--
--
B_D3
Green-white
Signal 1 of accelerator pedal
B_Q3
Green-orange
Canister solenoid valve
B_D4
--
--
B_Q4
--
--
Power grounding 3
Power supply of accelerator pedal
1
Grounding of air intake camshaft
sensor
3
4
Valve
EGR
EGR阀
2
蓝/棕 Brown
棕 Brown/Yellow
棕/黄 Grey
灰
6
5V
A-C4 B-H2A-E1 B-O2
绿/橙
Green/Orange
B-H3 B-J2
1
2
紫/白
Canister Control Valve
碳
罐
控
制
阀
执
行
器
Air Intake
VTTSide VVT
Actuator
1
蓝/红
Blue/Red
喷
嘴
白/黄
1
White/Yellow
2
感器
speed
Wheel
轮速传
sensor
Red
红
棕/红
Brown/Red
喷
嘴
B-K4
2
1
2
1
3
Back Oxygen
后氧传感器
Sensor
4
3
2
1
线圈1
Ignition
点火
Coil 1
绿/红
2
1
线圈2
3
Ignition
点火
Coil 2
绿/白
Green/White
A-H2
1
3
4
2
1
线圈3
3
Ignition
点火
Coil 3
绿/蓝
A-H1
2
1
线圈4
3
A-H3
Red
30
橙/棕
B-P4
2
1
黄
绿/黑
Green/Black
B-N3
蓝
Blue
11
车
Vehicle
Speed
速
17
F4
10A
BAT+
黑
Black
G201
C105
6
33
黄/棕
6
转
Speed
速
红/黑
Red/Black
Yellow/Brown
仪
Meter
表
B-P3
11
B-D1
3
Vehicle
车速传
Speed
感器
Sensor
蓝/灰
Blue/Grey
B-K2
B-K3
20
红/黄
Red/Yellow
Yellow
F12
15A
C109
86
Red/Green
红/绿 C105
Orange/Brown
红
F6
15A
1
Without EPS
不带EPS
White/Yellow
87 白/黄 85
19
黄/蓝
Yellow/Blue
红/白
白
White
Red/White
Ignition
点火
Coil 4
绿
Green
B-C1 B-F2 B-N4
Green/Blue
发动机ECU-新1.2L发动机
Engine ECU -- New 1.2 L
A-H4
2
Front Oxygen
前氧传感器
Sensor
红/黄 Green/White
绿/白 Purple/Yellow
紫/黄
Red/Yellow
B-A3 B-E2 B-O4
红/绿 Red/Black
红/黑 Purple/Black
紫/黑
Red/Green
喷
嘴
B-L4
2
1
Green/Red
B-E1 B-F1
B-M4
进
2 气
侧
B-J4
B-M3
紫/棕
Purple/Brown
Purple/White
B-Q3
蓝/白
Blue/White
Sprayer44
Blue/Yellow
2
1
Sprayer33
绿/红
蓝/黄 Green/Red
2
2
喷
嘴
Sprayer22
1
2
3
1
Sprayer11
Blue/Brown
1
Crankshaft
曲轴位置
1
Position
Sensor
传感器
白
White
6.4C.2.1
100A
EPS
With带EPS
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.2B Circuit diagram (N310)
Circuit diagram
13AC-06C02004
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Black/White
黑/白
Black/Red
F19
15A
Black/Brown
灰
Grey
2
Air Intake
Red/Yellow
2
进气压力
Pressure
Sensor
传感器
1
Blue/Black
5V
绿/红
Green/Red
3
A-C2
1
Green/Black
2
Black/Green
2
3
爆震
Sensor
Knock
传感器
1
Blue
蓝黑/绿
1
Red
Green
White/Red
Black
Electronic
电子油门踏板
Pedal
Accelerator
Black
3
White/Blue
Brown/Yello Green/White Brown/Blue Yellow/Brown
w
黄棕/黄 绿/白棕/蓝黄/棕
Yellow
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
红 绿 黑 白/红 黑 白/蓝
C105
34 36 41
21
Blue/White
蓝/白
5V
B-H1 B-M1 B-D2 B-D3 B-C2 B-B1
5V
2
3
4
Electronic Throttle Control
电子节流阀控制模块
Module
6
5V
A-F1 A-F3 A-D4 A-G1 A-C1 A-D2
5
White/Yellow Red/White Green/Yellow Brown/White Grey/White
蓝/红 白/黄 红/白 绿/黄棕/白 灰/白
Blue/Red
Engine ECU -- New 1.2 L
发动机ECU-新1.2L发动机
B-A4 B-B2 B-A1
A-E4
绿/黑
棕/黄
Intake
进气温度
Temperature
传感器
Sensor
Brown/Yellow
A-F4 A-B4 A-G2
棕/红 蓝/黑红/黄
39 C105
黑/红
Black
白
B-A2
灰
Grey
1
B-L1 B-M2 B-C3
5V
Purple/White
紫/白
3
Side
Intake
进气侧
Camshaft
凸轮轴位置
Position
Sensor
传感器
Blue/Black
蓝/黑
橙
Orange
Yellow/Red
黄/红
14
B-P2
A-B2
3
14 C105
2
Water
Black/White
黑/白
水温
Temperature
Sensor
传感器
1
A-D3
B-P1
黑
Black
G201
组合
Instrument
Cluster
仪表
A-G4
IGN1
13AC-06C02005
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.2.2
View of engine control module (ECM) end
13AC-06C02006
A_A1
Blue-black
CAN high
B_E1
Red
A_A2
White-purple
Air conditioning pressure switch
B_E2
A_A3
White
Clutch switch
B_E3
--
--
A_A4
Yellow-white
Diagnosis of K-line
B_E4
--
--
A_B1
Red-black
CAN low
B_F1
White-yellow
Wheel speed sensor-
A_B2
Black-white
Grounding of water temperature
sensor
B_F2
Green-white
Grounding of front oxygen sensor
A_B3
--
--
B_F3
--
--
A_B4
Grey-brown
Grounding of intake air pressure
sensor
B_F4
--
--
A_C1
Brown-white
Signal 2 of throttle position sensor
B_G1
Green - blue
Air conditioning evaporator
temperature sensor
A_C2
Green-red
Grounding of intake air temperature
sensor
B_G2
--
--
A_C3
Grey
Brake light switch
B_G3
--
--
A_C4
Blue-brown
Power supply of EGR position
sensor
B_G4
Blue-grey
Fuel pump relay
A_D1
Yellow-blue
Air-conditioning switch
B_H1
Blue-white
Power supply of accelerator pedal
2
A_D2
Grey-white
Grounding of of throttle position
sensor
B_H2
Black-white
Grounding of EGR position sensor
A_D3
Blue-black
Engine water temperature sensor
B_H3
Blue-yellow
Signal of crankshaft position
sensor
A_D4
Red-white
Power supply of throttle position
sensor
B_H4
Brown-black
MIL
Red-black
Wheel speed sensor+
Grounding of back oxygen sensor
Engine Control System （1.2L）
A_E1
Brown-yellow
EGR position sensor
B_J1
--
--
A_E2
Green-orange
Service brake switch
B_J2
Green-red
Grounding of crankshaft position
sensor
A_E3
White-red
Grounding of air conditioning
evaporator temperature sensor
B_J3
Green-white
Relay control of fan 2
A_E4
Green-black
Intake air temperature sensor
B_J4
Purple-white
Air inlet side VVT
A_F1
Blue-red
Throttle motor—
B_K1
--
--
A_F2
Blue-yellow
Power-assisted steering switch
（reserved）
B_K2
Yellow-blue
Grounding of vehicle speed signal
A_F3
White-yellow
Signal 1 of throttle position sensor
B_K3
White-purple
Main relay
A_F4
Brown-red
Power supply of intake air pressure
sensor
B_K4
Blue-red
Fuel injector 2
A_G1
Green-yellow
Throttle motor +
B_L1
Brown-white
Power supply of intake camshaft
sensor
A_G2
Yellow-white
Intake air pressure sensor
B_L2
Green-purple
Grounding of oil level sensor
A_G3
--
--
B_L3
Brown
Control of fan relay
A_G4
Black
B_L4
Brown-red
Fuel injector 1
A_H1
Green-blue
Ignition coil 3
B_M1
Yellow
A_H2
Green-white
Ignition coil 2
B_M2
Grey
A_H3
Green
Ignition coil 4
B_M3
Grey-green
Oil injection 4
A_H4
Green-red
Ignition coil 1
B_M4
Purple-brown
Oil injection 3
B_A1
Black-green
Knock sensor shield grounding
B_N1
--
--
B_A2
White
Battery supply
B_N2
Black-green
Air condition compressor relay
B_A3
Red-green
Back oxygen sensor
B_N3
Green-black
Engine speed（meter）
B_A4
Green-black
Input of knock signal
B_N4
Purple-yellow
Heating of front oxygen sensor
B_B1
Yellow-brown
Signal 2 of accelerator pedal
B_O1
--
--
B_B2
Blue
Knock grounding
B_O2
Yellow-purple
EGR valve
B_B3
Red-green
Wheel speed signal
B_O3
--
--
B_B4
Brown-blue
Oil level sensor
B_O4
Black-yellow
Heating of back oxygen sensor
B_C1
Red-yellow
Front oxygen sensor
B_P1
Black
Power grounding 2
B_C2
Blue-brown
Grounding of accelerator pedal 2
B_P2
Black
Power grounding 1
B_C3
Blue-black
Air intake camshaft position sensor
B_P3
Yellow
Battery power（constant power
supply）
B_C4
--
--
B_P4
Red
Battery power（after main relay）
B_D1
Blue-grey
Vehicle speed signal
B_Q1
--
--
B_D2
Green-orange
Grounding of accelerator pedal 1
B_Q2
--
--
B_D3
Green
Grounding of accelerator pedal 1
B_Q3
Green-orange
Canister solenoid valve
B_D4
--
--
B_Q4
--
--
Power grounding 3
Power supply of accelerator pedal
1
Grounding of air intake camshaft
sensor
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3A Description of engine control
system connector (N300)
6.4C.3.3 Intake pressure sensor
6.4C.3.1 Electronic throttle
1
2
3
13AC-06C03003
13AC-06C03001
Line No.
2
4
Line color
Red/white
Brown/white
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Brown/red
Power supply of intake
pressure sensor
2
Blue/black
Grounding of intake
pressure sensor
3
Red/yellow
Intake pressure sensor
Function
Throttle position sensor
power
Throttle position sensor
signal 2
6
Grey/white
Throttle position sensor
grounding
1
White/yellow
Throttle position sensor
signal 1
3
Red/yellow
Throttle motor+
5
Blue/red
Throttle motor-
6.4C.3.4 Canister solenoid valve
1
6.4C.3.2 Water temperature sensor
2
13AC-06C03004
1
2
3
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Red/white
Power of throttle
posistion sensor
2
Brown/white
Signal 2 of throttle
posistion sensor
13AC-06C03002
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Blue/black
Water temperature
sensor signal
2
Orange
Connected to the
meter
3
Black/white
Water temperature
sensor grounding
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3.5 Back oxygen sensor
1
3
6.4C.3.7 Crankshaft position sensor
2
4
1
2
3
13AC-06C03007
13AC-06C03005
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Red/green
Oxygen sensor signal
2
Red
Heating power
3
Red/black
Oxygen sensor
grounding
4
Purple/black
Heating control terminal
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Red
Power supply
2
Blue/yellow
Sensor signal
3
Green/red
Sensor grounding
6.4C.3.8 Intake side camshaft position
sensor
6.4C.3.6 Front oxygen sensor
1
3
1
2
4
2
3
13AC-06C03008
Line No.
Line color
Function
13AC-06C03006
1
Grey
Sensor grounding
Line No.
Line color
Function
2
Blue/black
Sensor signal
1
Red/yellow
Oxygen sensor signal
3
Purple/white
Sensor power
2
Red
Heating power
3
Green/white
Oxygen sensor
grounding
4
Purple/yellow
Heating control terminal
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3.9 EGR valve
6.4C.3.11 Vehicle speed sensor
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
13AC-06C03009
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Blue/brown
Power supply of EGR
position sensor
2
Black/white
Grounding of EGR
position sensor
3
Brown/yellow
Signal of EGR
position sensor
4
Red
EG power supply
5
—
—
6
Grey
EGR control terminal
3
13AC-06C030011
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Red
Sensor power
2
Orange/brown
Sensor grounding
3
Blue/grey
Sensor signal
6.4C.3.12 Knock sensor
1
2
3
6.4C.3.10 Intake air temperature sensor
13AC-06C03012
1
2
13AC-06C03010
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Green/red
Sensor grounding
2
Brown/yellow
Sensor signal
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Green/black
Sensor signal
2
Blue
Sensor grounding
3
Black/green
Shield ground
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3.13 Intake side VVT control
1
6.4C.3.15 Ignition coil 1
2
1 2 3
13AC-06C03013
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Red
Solenoid valve power
Purple/white
Solenoid valve
control terminal
2
6.4C.3.14 Air conditioning evaporator
temperature sensor
1
13AC-06C03015
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Black
Grounding
2
Red
Power supply of
ignition coil
3
Green/red
Control terminal of
ignition coil
6.4C.3.16 Ignition coil 2
2
1 2 3
13AC-06C03016
13AC-06C03014
Line No.
1
2
Line color
Function
Yellow/blue
Temperature sensing
end (signal)
Yellow
Temperature sensing
end (grounding)
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Black
Grounding
2
Red
Power supply of
ignition coil
3
Green/white
Control terminal of
ignition coil
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3.17 Ignition coil 3
6.4C.3.19 Fuel injector 1
1 2
1 2 3
13AC-06C03019
13AC-06C03017
Line No.
Line color
Function
Grounding
1
Red
Power supply of fuel
injector
Red
Power supply of
ignition coil
2
Brown/red
Control terminal of
fuel injectorl
Green-blue
Control terminal of
ignition coil
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Black
2
3
6.4C.3.20 Fuel injector 2
6.4C.3.18 Ignition coil 4
1 2
1 2 3
13AC-06C03020
13AC-06C03018
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Black
Grounding
2
Red
Power supply of
ignition coil
3
Green
Control terminal of
ignition coil
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Red
Power supply of fuel
injector
2
Blue/red
Control terminal of
fuel injector
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3.21 Fuel injector 3
6.4C.3.23 Fuel pump
1 2
1
2
3
4
13AC-06C03023
13AC-06C03021
Line No.
Line color
Function
Power supply of fuel
injector
1
Black
Grounding of fuel
pump
Control terminal of
fuel injector
2
Black
Grounding of oil level
signal
3
Yellow/blue
Positive pole of
power supply of fuel
pump
4
Yellow
Oil level signal
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Red
Purple/brown
2
6.4C.3.22 Fuel injector 4
1 2
6.4C.3.24 Electronic accelerator pedal
1 2 3 4 5 6
13AC-06C03022
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Red
Power supply of fuel
injector
Blue/yellow
Control terminal of
fuel injector
2
13AC-06C03024
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Red
E-accelerator pedal
power 2
2
Green
E-accelerator pedal
power 1
3
Black
E- accelerator pedal
grounding 1
4
White/ red
E- accelerator pedal
signal 1
5
Black
E- accelerator pedal
grounding 2
6
White/blue
E- accelerator pedal
signal 2
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3.25 Electronic clutch switch
6.4C.3.27 Service brake switch
1
2
1
2
3
4
13AC-06C03025
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
Red
Signal terminal
2
Black
Grounding
6.4C. 3.26
2
13AC-06C03026
1
2
Line No.
Line color
Function
1
black
Grounding
2
Green/black
Power terminal
3
White
Brake signal
(normally closed)
4
Green
Brake signal
(normally open)
Wheel speed sensor
1
Line No.
12AC-0604030
Line color
Red/white
Function
Wheel speed sensor+
White/yellow
Wheel speed sensor -
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3B Instruction of engine control
system connector (N310)
6.4C.3.1
Electronic throttle valve
2
4
6
1
3
5
6.4C.3.3
Intake air pressure sensor
1
2
3
13AC-06C03028
Line No.
Line color
1
White/yellow
2
Red/white
3
Green/yellow
4
Brown/white
5
Blue/red
6
Grey/white
6.4C.3.2
Function
Throttle position
sensor signal 1
Power supply of
throttle position sensor
Throttle motor +
Throttle position
sensor signal 2
Throttle motor Grounding of throttle
position sensor
Water temperature sensor
1
2
13AC-06C03030
Line No.
Line color
Brown/red
1
Grey/brown
2
Yellow/white
3
6.4C.3.4
Canister solenoid valve
1
3
13AC-06C03029
Line No.
Line color
1
Blue/black
2
Orange/white
3
Black/white
Function
Water temperature
sensor signal
Connected to the
meter
Grounding of water
temperature sensor
Function
Power supply of intake air
pressure sensor
Grounding of intake air
pressure sensor
Intake air pressure sensor
2
13AC-06C03031
Line No.
Line color
1
Red
2
Green/or
ange
Function
Power supply of throttle position
sensor
Throttle position sensor signal 2
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3.5
Back oxygen sensor
1
3
6.4C.3.7
2
4
Crankshaft position sensor
1
2
13AC-06C03034
13AC-06C03032
Line No.
1
2
Line color
Red/green
Red
3
Red/black
4
Black/yello
w
6.4C.3.6
Function
Oxygen sensor signal
Heating power supply
Grounding of oxygen
sensor
Heating control
terminal
3
Line No.
1
2
3
Line color
Red
Blue/yellow
Green/red
Function
Power supply
Sensor signal
Sensor grounding
6.4C.3.8 Air inlet side camshaft
position sensor
Front oxygen sensor
1
3
1
2
4
2
3
13AC-06C03035
13AC-06C03033
Line No.
Line color
1
Red/yellow
2
Red
3
Green/white
4
Purple/yellow
Function
Oxygen sensor
signal
Heating power
supply
Grounding of oxygen
sensor signal
Heating control
terminal
Line No.
1
2
Line color
Grey
Blue/black
3
Purple/white
Function
Sensor grounding
Sensor signal
Power supply of
sensor
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3.9
EGR valve
6.4C.3.11 Vehicle speed sensor
1
2
3
4
5
6
13AC-06C03036
Line No.
1
Line color
Blue/brown
2
Black/white
3
Brown/yellow
4
5
Red
—
6
Yellow/purple
Function
Power supply of
EGR position
sensor
Grounding of EGR
position sensor
EGR position
sensor signal
EG power supply
—
EGR control
terminal
1
2
3
13AC-06C03038
Line No.
Line color
1
Red
2
Orange/blue
3
Blue/grey
6.4C.3.12
Function
Power supply of
sensor
Grounding of
sensor
Sensor signal
Knock sensor
6.4C.3.10 Intake air temperature
sensor
1
1
2
3
2
13AC-06C03039
13AC-06C03037
Line No.
1
2
Line color
Green/red
Green/black
Function
Sensor grounding
Sensor signal
Line No.
1
Line color
Green/black
2
Blue
3
Black/green
Function
Sensor signal
Grounding of
sensor
Shield grounding
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3.13 Air inlet side VVT control
1
2
13AC-06C03040
Line No.
Line color
1
Red
2
Purple/white
Function
Power supply of
solenoid valve
Control terminal of
solenoid valve
6.4C.3.14 Air conditioning
evaporator temperature sensor
1
6.4C.3.15
Ignition coil1 1
3 2 1
13AC-06C03042
Line No.
3
Line color
Black
2
Red
1
Green/red
6.4C.3.16
Function
Grounding
Power supply of
ignition coil
Control terminal of
ignition coil
Ignition coil 2
3 2 1
2
13AC-06C03043
13AC-06C03041
Line No.
Line color
1
Yellow/blue
2
Yellow
Function
Temperature sensing
end (signal)
Temperature sensing
end (grounding)
Line No.
3
Line color
Black
2
Red
1
Green/white
Function
Grounding
Power supply of
ignition coil
Control terminal of
ignition coil
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3.17
Ignition coil 3
6.4C.3.19
1 2
1 2 3
13AC-06C03044
Line No.
1
Line color
Black
2
Red
3
Green/blue
6.4C.3.18
Function
Grounding
Power supply of
ignition coil
Control terminal
of ignition coil
Ignition coil 4
Fuel injector 1
13AC-06C03046
Line No.
Line color
1
Red
2
Brown/red
6.4C.3.20
Fuel injector 2
1 2
1 2 3
13AC-06C03047
13AC-06C03045
Line No.
1
Line color
Black
2
Red
3
Green
Function
Grounding
Power supply of
ignition coil
Control terminal
of ignition coil
Function
Power supply
of fuel injector
Control
terminal of fuel
injector
Line No.
Line color
1
Red
2
Blue/red
Function
Power supply
of fuel injector
Control
terminal of fuel
injector
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.3.21
Fuel injector 3
6.4C. 3.23
1 2
13AC-06C03048
Line No.
Line color
1
Red
2
Purple/brown
6.4C.3.22
Function
Power supply of
fuel injector
Control terminal
of fuel injector
Fuel pump
1
2
3
4
13AC-06C03050
Line No.
Line color
1
Black
2
Black
3
Yellow/blue
4
Yellow
Function
Grounding of fuel
pump
Grounding of oil
level signal
Positive pole of
power supply of
fuel pump
Oil level signal
Fuel injector 4
1 2
6.4C. 3.24
pedal
Electronic accelerator
1 2 3 4 5 6
13AC-06C03049
Line No.
Line color
1
Red
2
Grey/green
Function
Power supply of
fuel injector
Control terminal
of fuel injector
13AC-06C03051
Line No.
Line color
1
Red
2
Green
3
Black/blue
4
White/red
5
Black/red
6
White/blue
Function
E-accelerator pedal
power 2
E-accelerator pedal
power 1
E- accelerator
pedal grounding 1
E- accelerator
pedal signal 1
E- accelerator
pedal grounding 2
E- accelerator
pedal signal 2
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C. 3.26
Wheel speed sensor
1
6.4C. 3.27
2
Service brake switch
1
2
3
4
13AC-06C03053
13AC-06C03052
Line No.
Line color
1
Red/white
2
White/yellow
Function
Wheel speed
sensor +
Wheel speed
sensor -
Line No.
1
Line color
Black
2
Green/black
3
White
4
Green
Function
Grounding
Power supply
end
Brake signal
(normally
closed)
Brake signal
(normally open)
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4 Diagnostic information and procedures
6.4C.4.1 Diagnostic starting point
Begin the system diagnosis with a check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system. The check of powertrain
OBD system will provide the following information:
●
Identification of instruction system control modules.
●
Communication of the control modules is made through the serial data circuit.
●
Identification of all the stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) and their status.
By checking the powertrain OBD system, identify the correct procedure for diagnosing the system and where the
procedure is located.
6.4C.4.2 Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system
Circuit description
The check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system must be the starting point for any drivability complaint
diagnosis. Before using this procedure, you should perform a careful visual and physical check of the powertrain control
module (PCM) and engine grounds for being clean and tight. The check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD)
system is an organized approach to identifying a problem created by an electronic engine control system malfunction.
MIL operation:
The Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) is located on the instrument panel (CHECK ENGINE) or (SERVICE ENGINE
SOON). The MIL performs the following functions:
●
It informs the driver that a problem has occurred and that the vehicle should be taken for service as soon as
possible.
●
As a system check, the MIL will illuminate with the ignition switch ON and the engine not running. When the engine
is started, the MIL will turn OFF. If the MIL remains ON, the self- diagnostic system has detected a problem. If the
problem goes away, the MIL will turn OFF in most cases, but a diagnostic trouble code will remain stored.
●
If the MIL is illuminated, then the engine stalls, the MIL will remain Illuminated so long as the ignition switch is ON.
●
If the MIL is not illuminated and the engine stalls, the MIL will not illuminate until the ignition switch is cycled OFF,
then ON.
Perform The check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system first, when the following conditions are present:
 The MIL does not turn ON when the ignition switch is turned to the RUN position.
 The MIL remains ON while the engine is running.
 You suspect a drivability problem.
Diagnostic aids:
An intermittent problem may be caused by:
 Poor connection
 Rubbed through wire insulation
 A wire broken inside the insulation
Check for poor connections or a damaged harness. Inspect the PCM harness and connectors for:
 Improper mating
 Broken locks
 Improperly formed or damaged terminals
 Poor terminal-to-wire connection
 Damaged harness
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Test description:
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the diagnostic table:
1. The MIL should be ON steady with the key ON and the engine OFF. If not, the "MIL" should be used to isolate the
malfunction.
2. This test ensures that the PCM is capable of transmitting Class 2 serial data to the data link connector (DLC) and
that the Class 2 data circuit is not open or shorted. If a problem is encountered and a malfunctioning scan tool is
suspected, try the scan tool on another vehicle to verify operation. If a DLC problem exists, the DLC diagnosis table
should be used to diagnose the condition.
3. Refer to DTC List for a complete list of DTCs supported by this vehicle application. If multiple DTCs are stored,
diagnose each DTC according to the following priority:
 PCM error DTCs
 System voltage DTCs
 Component level DTCs (switches, sensor range/performance, sensor high voltage, sensor low voltage, ODMs,
etc…)
 System level DTCs (idle control system, HO2S response)
A scan tool parameter which is not within the typical range may help to isolate the area which is causing the problem.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system
Step
Action
Important:
 Check for applicable service bulletins before
proceeding with the diagnosis.
 Do not turn OFF the ignition switch when performing
this diagnostic table.
1.
 Do not perform this test if no drivability condition
exists.
 Unless instructed, do not clear any DTCs.
1. Turn ON the ignition device with the engine OFF.
2. Observe the MIL.
Is the MIL illuminated?
1. Turn off the ignition switch.
2. Install a scan tool.
3. Turn on the ignition device without the engine
2.
running.
4. Display the ECM data with the scan tool.
Does the scan tool display ECM data?
Start the engine.
3.
Did the engine start?
4.
5.
6.
Did the engine start and continue to run?
Important:
 If the scan tool indicates any DTCs set, record the
Freeze Frame/Failure Records.
 Use the scan tool in order to display DTCs.
Does the scan tool indicate any DTCs set?
With a scan tool, compare the ECM data to the scan tool
data List. Does the scan tool indicate ECM values are
equal to or within the typical values?
Value (s)
Yes
No
-
Go to Step 2
Check the MIL
inoperative
-
Go to Step 3
Check the DLC
-
Go to Step 4
-
Go to Step 5
-
Go to applicable
DTC table
Go to Step 6
-
System OK
Go to
"Symptom"
Check for the
engine starting
Check for the
engine starting
but not running
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.3 Type definitions of diagnostic trouble code (DTC)
P0645
A/C compressor relay circuit open
P0646
A/C compressor relay circuit short to earth
P0647
A/C compressor relay circuit short to power
P0325
Knock sensor fault (signal pickup fault)
P0325
Knock sensor fault (signal absolute value fault)
P0504
Inappropriate brake light and brake signal relativity
P0341
Intake camshaft position sensor signal exceeding the cycle
P0341
P0011
Inappropriate intake camshaft position sensor signal
Inappropriate crankshaft position and intake camshaft
position relativity
Position offset of intake camshaft at steady condition
P0341
Inappropriate intake camshaft position sync
P0340
Inappropriate intake camshaft position sync signal
P0420
Low catalyst conversion efficiency
P0336
Crankshaft sensor having no signal
P0336
Inappropriate crankshaft sensor signal
P0336
Crankshaft sensor signal falling out
P0373
Inappropriate signal of crankshaft teeth
P0373
Inappropriate signal cycle of crankshaft teeth
P0691
Cooling fan relay 1 circuit open
P0691
Cooling fan relay 1 circuit short to earth
P0692
Cooling fan relay 1 circuit short to power
P0693
Cooling fan relay 2 circuit open
P0693
Cooling fan relay 2 circuit short to earth
P0694
Cooling fan relay 2 circuit short to power
P2413
EGR valve position self-learning error
P0488
EGR valve position control error
P0487
EGR valve driver open-circuit
P0489
EGR valve driver short to earth
P0490
EGR valve driver short to power
P0444
Canister control valve circuit open
P0458
Canister control valve circuit short to earth
P0016
P0459
Canister control valve circuit short to power
P0113
Intake temperature sensor circuit short to power
P0112
Intake temperature sensor circuit short to earth
P2100
ETC electrical failure open circuit
P2101
ETC over-temperature protection
P2100
ETC electrical failure short circuit
P0638
Inappropriate ETC_1 position controller output signal
P0639
Inappropriate ETC_2 position controller output signal
P0133
Slow convertion time response of upstream oxygen sensor
P0171
Fuel system diagnosis-too lean
P0172
Fuel system diagnosis-too rich
P0351
Cylinder 1 ignition coil open
P0352
Cylinder 2 ignition coil open
P0353
Cylinder 3 ignition coil open
Engine Control System （1.2L）
P0354
Cylinder 4 ignition coil open
P2300
P2303
Cylinder 1 ignition coil short to earth
Cylinder 2 ignition coil short to earth
P2306
Cylinder 3 ignition coil short to earth
P2309
Cylinder 4 ignition coil short to earth
P2301
Cylinder 1 ignition coil short to power
P2304
Cylinder 2 ignition coil short to power
P2307
Cylinder 3 ignition coil short to power
P2310
Cylinder 4 ignition coil short to power
P0506
Too low speed by idle speed control
P0507
Too high speed by idle speed control
P0201
Cylinder 1 fuel injector circuit open
P0202
Cylinder 2 fuel injector circuit open
P0203
Cylinder 3 fuel injector circuit open
P0204
Cylinder 4 fuel injector circuit open
P0261
Cylinder 1 fuel injector circuit short to earth
P0264
Cylinder 2 fuel injector circuit short to earth
P0267
Cylinder 3 fuel injector circuit short to earth
P0270
P0262
P0265
Cylinder 4 fuel injector circuit short to earth
Cylinder 1 fuel injector circuit short to power
Cylinder 2 fuel injector circuit short to power
P0268
Cylinder 3 fuel injector circuit short to power
P0271
Cylinder 4 fuel injector circuit short to power
P2096
Fuel Post O2 correction too dilute
P2097
Fuel Post O2 correction too dense
P0037
P0106
Downstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit open
Downstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit short to
earth
Downstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit short to
power
Upstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit open
Upstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit short to
earth
Upstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit short to
power
Imappropriate intake manifold pressure sensor signal
P0107
Intake manifold pressure sensor circuit short to earth
P0108
Intake manifold pressure sensor circuit short to power
P0606
Processor communication error
P0037
P0038
P0031
P0031
P0032
P0650
Malfunction indicating lamp circuit open
P0650
Malfunction indicating lamp circuit short to earth
P0650
Malfunction indicating lamp circuit short to power
P0301
Misfire 0 (cylinder 1)
P0302
Misfire 3 (cylinder 2)
P0303
Misfire 1 (cylinder 3)
P0304
Misfire 2 (cylinder 4)
P0300
Repeated misfire
P060A
Monitoring failure
P060C
Monitoring failure of main controller
Engine Control System （1.2L）
P061C
P0141
Monitoring failure of engine rotate speed limits
Downstream oxygen sensor heating circuit unreasonable
P0135
Upstream oxygen sensor heating circuit unreasonable
P0136
Downstream oxygen sensor circuit open
P0130
Upstream oxygen sensor circuit open
P2120
P2123
Accelerator pedal disconnection diagnosis
Contradictory positions of the break and the accelerator
pedal
Overtension of accelerator position sensor 1
P2128
Overtension of accelerator position sensor 2
P2122
Low voltage of accelerator position sensor 1
P2127
P0134
Low voltage of accelerator position sensor 2
Inappropriate voltage relativity of accelarator position
sensor 1/2
Upstream oxygen sensor uncompleted
P0325
Knock sensor fault (signal absolute value fault)
P0627
Fuel pump relay circuit open
P0628
Fuel pump relay circuit short to earth
P0629
Fuel pump relay circuit short to power
P0685
Main relay circuit break to earth
P0686
Main relay circuit short to earth
P2299
P2138
P0687
Main relay circuit short to power
P0137
Downstream oxygen sensor circuit short to earth
P0131
Upstream oxygen sensor circuit short to earth
P0138
Downstream oxygen sensor circuit short to power
P0132
Upstream oxygen sensor circuit short to power
P0315
Flywheel self-adaption cycle time at limit state
P0075
Intake VVT solenoid circuit open
Intake VVT solenoid short to earth
P0076
P0119
Intake VVT solenoid short to power
Air conditioning evaporator temperature sensor short to
earth
Air conditioning evaporator temperature sensor circuit
short to power or open
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit short to earth
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit short to power
or open
Engine coolant temperature sensor signal gradient failure
P0016
Intake camshaft position offset
P2176
TPS unable to reach the lower cutoff point
P2176
Lower cutoff point self-learning out of limits
P2176
Lower cutoff point self learning spring failure
P2176
Self learning conditions unattainable
P2176
Throttle limping position self learning value out of scope
P2176
TPS self learning unable to reach the upper cutoff point
P2176
Upper cutoff point self learning spring failure
P2118
Over deviation of throttle position signal
P0121
Inappropriate signal of throttle position sensor 1
P0221
Inappropriate signal of throttle position sensor 2
P0077
P0537
P0538
P0117
P0118
Engine Control System （1.2L）
P2135
P061A
P061B
P0643
Inappropriate voltage relativity of throttle position sensor
1/2
Monitoring failure of rationality of torque demanded and
actual torque
Actual or demanded torque exceeding the allowed
P0642
Overtension of sensor supply voltage 1 circuit
Low voltage of sensor supply voltage 1 circuit
P0653
Overtension of sensor supply voltage 2 circuit
P0652
P0406
P0405
Low voltage of sensor supply voltage 2 circuit
P0563
High power supply voltage
P0562
Low power supply voltage
P0123
Overtension of throttle position sensor 1
P0122
Low voltage of throttle position sensor 1
P0223
Overtension of throttle position sensor 2
P0222
Low voltage of throttle position sensor 2
P0500
Inappropriate vehicle speed sensor signal
P2158
Inappropriate wheel speed sensor signal
EGR valve position signal high
EGR valve position signal low
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.4 Inoperative Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL)
Refer to engine controls schematics: engine power, grounds, MIL and data link.
Circuit description
There should be a steady Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) with the ignition ON and the engine not running. Ignition
feed voltage is supplied directly to the MIL. The Powertrain Control Module (ECM) turns the MIL ON by grounding the
MIL control circuit. No MIL with the key ON, engine not running and the MIL DTC set suggests an open in the MIL
control circuit.
MIL operation
The MIL is located on the instrument panel (CHECK ENGINE) or (SERVICE ENGINE SOON).
The MIL performs the following functions:
 It informs the driver that a problem has occurred and that the vehicle should be taken for service as soon as
possible.
 As a system check, the MIL will illuminate with the ignition switch ON and the engine not running. When the engine
is started, the MIL will turn OFF. If the MIL remains ON, the self- diagnostic system has detected a problem. If the
problem goes away, the MIL will turn OFF in most cases, but a diagnostic trouble code will remain stored.
 If the MIL is illuminated, then the engine stalls, the MIL will remain illuminated so long as the ignition switch is ON.
 If the MIL is not illuminated and the engine stalls, the MIL will not illuminate until the ignition switch is cycled OFF,
then ON.
Perform the check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system first, when the following conditions are present:
1. The MIL does not turn ON when the ignition switch is turned to the RUN position.
2. The MIL remains ON while the engine is running.
3. You suspect a drivability problem.
Diagnostic aids
An intermittent problem may be caused by a poor connection, rubbed-through wire insulation, or a wire that is broken
inside the insulation.
Check wiring harness and connectors of the power system control module for the following phenomena:
 Improper mating
 Broken locks
 Improperly formed or damaged terminals
 Poor terminal-to-wire connection
 Damaged harness
 If the engine runs OK, check for a malfunctioning MIL, an open in the MIL control circuit, or an open in the
instrument cluster ignition feed.
 If the engine cranks but will not run, check for an open PCM ignition, battery feed, or a poor PCM to engine ground.
Test description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers located in the diagnostic table.
1. If the MIL DTC is set, the MIL Control Circuit table will better diagnose the condition.
2. Using a test lamp connected to B+, probe each of the PCM ground terminals to ensure that a good ground is
present.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
MIL inoperative
Step
Action
1
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board diagnostic
(OBD) system?
2
Does the scan tool indicate any MIL DTCs set?
3
Inspect the PCM feed fuses. Are the fuses OK?
1. Disconnect the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the PCM.
3. Turn on the ignition.
4. Probe the PCM ignition feed circuit using a test lamp that is
connected to a good ground.
Did the test lamp come ON?
Probe the PCM battery feed circuit using a test lamp that is
connected to a good ground.
Did the test lamp come ON?
Test for faulty PCM grounds or poor PCM ground connections.
Refer to 'Testing for intermittent and poor connections" in "Wiring
systems".
Did you find and correct the condition?
4
5
6
7
Is the replacement complete?
8
Locate and repair open in PCM battery feed circuit or the PCM
ignition feed circuit. Refer to "Wiring repairs" in "Wiring systems".
Is the service complete?
9
Locate and repair short to ground in PCM ignition feed circuit or
the PCM battery feed circuit. Refer to "Wiring repairs" in "Wiring
systems".
Is the service complete?
Yes
Go to Step 2
Go to DTC P0650
MIL control circuit
Go to Step 4
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 8
Go to "Check of
powertrain on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to Step 7
-
-
-
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.5 Diagnosis of data link connector
Refer to engine controls schematics: power, grounds, MIL and data link connector.
Circuit description
The Class 2 serial data circuit to the data link connector (DLC) allows bi-directional communication between the PCM
and the scan tool. If communication between the scan tool and the powertrain control module (PCM) cannot be
established, the procedure in the DLC diagnosis table should be used to diagnose the condition.
Diagnostic aids
Inspect for the following Items:
 For the PCM to establish communication with the scan tool, system voltage must be between 9.0 and 16.0 volts. If
system voltage is not within this range, refer to the "Check of diagnostic system - starting and charging" in "Engine
electrical system".
 Ensure that the correct application (model year, carline, VIN code) has been selected on the scan tool. If
communication still cannot be established, try the scan tool on another vehicle to ensure that the scan tool or
cables are not the cause of the condition. An intermittent may be caused by a poor connection, rubbed through wire
insulation or a wire broken inside the insulation.
 Check for poor connections or damaged wiring harness.
Check wiring harness and connectors of the power system control module for the following phenomena:
 Improper mating
 Broken locks
 Improperly formed or damaged terminals
 Poor terminal-to-wire connection
 Damaged harness
 Use a corresponding mating terminal to check for proper terminal tension.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Diagnosis of data link connector
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
1. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
2. Connect a test lamp between the battery feed circuit
of the data link connector (DLC) and the ground
circuit of the DLC.
Is the test lamp on?
Connect a test lamp between the battery feed circuit of
the DLC and chassis ground.
Is the test lamp on?
Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF. Connect a
DMM between the Class 2 serial data circuit of the DLC
and a good ground. Does the voltage equal the specified
value?
1. Disconnect the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the PCM.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Connect the DMM between the Class 2 serial data circuit
of the DLC and battery positive voltage.
Value (s)
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 10
0.0 V
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
0.0 V
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 8
6
1. Repair the open in the Class II serial data circuit.
2. Refer to "Wiring repairs" in "Wiring systems".
Did you find and correct the condition?
-
7
1. Repair the short to voltage in the Class 2 serial data
circuit.
2. Refer to "Wiring repairs" in "Wiring systems".
Did you find and correct the condition?
-
8
Repair the short to ground in the Class 2 serial data
circuit. Refer to "Wiring repairs" in "Wiring systems".
Did you find and correct the condition?
-
9
Repair the open circuit in the DLC ground circuit. Refer to
"Wiring repairs" in "Wiring systems".
Did you find and correct the condition?
-
10
Repair open or short to ground in the DLC battery feed
circuit. Replace the fuse, if necessary. Refer to "Wiring
repairs" in "Wiring systems".
Did you find and correct the condition?
-
11
Is the service complete?
-
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 11
-
-
-
-
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.6 DTC P0130 Upstream oxygen sensor circuit open
Circuit description
The 4 pins connected to the oxygen sensor (short as HO2S) respectively are heater power terminal (12V), sensor
terminal (ECU terminal pin B_F2), signal terminal (ECU pin B_C1) and heater control terminal (ECU terminal pin B_N4).
This system has utilized the heated oxygen sensor which has the heating circuit in addition to the oxygen sensor signal
circuit. Oxygen sensor inputs oxygen sensor voltage through the ECU pin B_C1. The oxygen sensor signal voltage will
vary between 0V and 1V when the oxygen sensor is in good operating condition. 450mV is the reference voltage. Higher
oxygen sensor voltage than it indicates the gas mixture is too rich (λ<1) while lower voltage indicates too lean the gas
mixture (λ>1). When λ closed loop control works, ECU will monitor the oxygen sensor signal and adjust the amount of
fuel injected according to the gas mixture concentration sent by the signal. DTC P0130 will be set up on conditions that
the signal is always suppressed in the range lower than the reference voltage.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Internal resistance of front oxygen sensor ≥50000 Ohm.
 Minimum delay time of open-circuit fault diagnosis of front oxygen sensor＞10S
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 consecutive driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
 Heated oxygen sensor wire-imappropriate wiring of sensor lead wire and in contact with the exhaust system
 Bad grounding of ECU and engine body.
 Fuel pressure- if it’s too low, the system will get lean. ECU can compensate a little to the decrease. But if fuel
pressure is too low, set up DTC P0130.
 Vacuum leak- check for disconnected or damaged vacuum hose and vacuum leaks of intake manifold, throttle body
and crankcase vent system.
 Exhaust leak-it may cause external air sucked in through the heated oxygen sensor exhaust stream and make the
system seeming lean. Check for exhaust leak which may cause false indication of too lean system.
 Nonuniform spray of fuel spray nozzle shows the need to clean the nozzle.
 Fuel pollution- water, even in the smallest quantity, will be transported to the fuel spray nozzle. Lean exhaust
indication caused by water. Excessive alcohol in the fuel may also lead to this phenomenon.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
P0130 Upstream oxygen sensor circuit open
Step
Action
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Install a scan tool.
Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for
running the DTC".
3. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0130 is
current?
Inspect and test for the following:
a. Leakage of exhaust pipe.
b. Proper installation of sensor.
c. Damage of wiring harness.
Did you find and correct the condition?
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the HO2S connector.
3. Turn ON the ignition.
4. Observe the O2S voltage parameter with a scan tool.
Does the scan tool indicate the HO2S voltage is the
specified value?
Check the HO2S signal circuit for a short to ground or
short to sensor ground.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace the HO2S.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for
running the DTC". Use the scan tool to monitor the
trouble information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0130 is
current?
Value (s)
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 4
410mV
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.7 DTC P0136 Downstream oxygen sensor circuit open
Circuit description
The 4 pins connected to the oxygen sensor (short as HO2S) respectively are heater power terminal (12V), sensor
terminal (ECU terminal pin B_ F2), signal terminal (ECU pin B_ C1) and heater control terminal (ECU terminal pin B_
N4).
This system has utilized the heated oxygen sensor which has the heating circuit in addition to the oxygen sensor signal
circuit. Oxugen sensor inputs oxygen sensor voltage through the ECU pin B_F4. The oxygen sensor signal voltage will
vary between 0V and 1V when the oxygen sensor is in good operating condition. 450mV is the reference voltage. Higher
oxygen sensor voltage than it indicates the gas mixture is too rich (λ<1) while lower voltage indicates too lean the gas
mixture (λ>1). When λclosed loop control works, ECU will monitor the oxygen sensor signal and adjust the amount of
fuel injected according to the gas mixture concentration sent by the signal. DTC P0131 will be set up on conditions that
the signal is always suppressed in the range lower than the reference voltage.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Internal resistance of back oxygen sensor ≥50000 Ohm
 Delay time of activating fault diagnosis ≥125S
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 consecutive driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
●
If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
●
When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
●
Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
 Heated oxygen sensor wire-imappropriate wiring of sensor lead wire and in contact with the exhaust system
 Bad grounding of ECU and engine body.
 Fuel pressure- if it’s too low, the system will get lean. ECU can compensate a little to the decrease. But if fuel
pressure is too low, set up DTC P0136.
 Vacuum leak- check for disconnected or damaged vacuum hose and vacuum leaks of intake manifold, throttle body
and crankcase vent system.
 Exhaust leak-it may cause external air sucked in through the heated oxygen sensor exhaust stream and make the
system seeming lean. Check for exhaust leak which may cause false indication of too lean system.
 Nonuniform spray of fuel spray nozzle shows the need to clean the nozzle.
 Fuel pollution- water, even in the smallest quantity, will be transported to the fuel spray nozzle. Lean exhaust
indication caused by water. Excessive alcohol in the fuel may also lead to this phenomenon.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0136 Downstream oxygen sensor circuit open
Step
Action
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Install a scan tool.
Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for
running the DTC".
3. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0136 is
current?
Inspect and test for the following:
1. Leakage of exhaust pipe.
2. Proper installation of sensor.
3. Damage of wiring harness.
Did you find and correct the condition?
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the HO2S connector.
3. Turn ON the ignition.
4. Observe the O2S voltage parameter with a scan tool.
Does the scan tool indicate the HO2S voltage is the
specified value?
Check the HO2S signal circuit for a short to ground or
short to sensor ground.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace the HO2S.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for
running the DTC". Use the scan tool to monitor the
trouble information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0136 is
current?
Value (s)
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 4
410mV
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.8 DTC P0131 Upstream oxygen sensor circuit short to earth
Circuit description
The 4 pins connected to the oxygen sensor (short as HO2S) respectively are heater power terminal (12V), sensor
grounding (ECU pin B_F2), signal terminal (ECU terminal pin B_C1) and heater control terminal (ECU terminal pin
B_N4).
This system has utilized the heated oxygen sensor which has the heating circuit in addition to the oxygen sensor signal
circuit. Oxugen sensor inputs oxygen sensor voltage through the ECU pin B_F3. The oxygen sensor signal voltage will
vary between 0V and 1V when the oxygen sensor is in good operating condition. 450mV is the reference voltage. Higher
oxygen sensor voltage than it indicates the gas mixture is too rich (λ<1) while lower voltage indicates too lean the gas
mixture (λ>1). When λclosed loop control works, ECU will monitor the oxygen sensor signal and adjust the amount of
fuel injected according to the gas mixture concentration sent by the signal. DTC P0131 will be set up on conditions that
the signal is always suppressed in the range lower than the reference voltage.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Internal resistance of front oxygen sensor < 10 Ohm.
 Time counter of short-to-earth diagnosis of front oxygen sensor ≥ 20S
 Air flow integrated value after the canister is closed ≥ 30g
 Minimum delay time of short-to-earth diagnosis of front oxygen sensor > 2.0S
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 consecutive driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0131 Upstream oxygen sensor circuit short to earth
Step
Action
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
410 mV
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
410 mV
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 2
System OK
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Operate the vehicle within the conditions for setting
parameters.
2. With a scan tool, observe the HO2S voltage
parameter.
Is the HO2S voltage at the specified value?
Operate the vehicle within the Failure Records
conditions.
Does the scan tool indicate this DTC failed this ignition?
1. Disconnect the HO2S.
2. Turn ON the ignition.
Does the scan tool indicate that the HO2S voltage is at
the specified value?
Test the HO2S signal circuit for a short to ground or a
short to sensor ground. Refer to "Circuit testing" and
"Wiring repairs" in "Wiring
systems".
Did you find and correct the condition?
Is the service complete?
Replace the HO2S. Refer to the "Replacement of HO2S".
Is the service complete?
1. Use a scan tool in order to clear DTCs.
2. Operate the vehicle within the Failure Records
conditions.
Does the DTC reset?
Value (s)
-
-
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.9 DTC P0137 Downstream oxygen sensor circuit short to earth
Circuit description
The 4 pins connected to the oxygen sensor (short as HO2S) respectively are heater power terminal (12V), sensor
grounding (ECU terminal pin B_ E2), signal terminal (ECU terminal pin B_ A3) and heater control terminal (ECU terminal
pin B_ 04).
This system has utilized the heated oxygen sensor which has the heating circuit in addition to the oxygen sensor signal
circuit. Oxugen sensor inputs oxygen sensor voltage through the ECU pin B_F4. The oxygen sensor signal voltage will
vary between 0V and 1V when the oxygen sensor is in good operating condition. 450mV is the reference voltage. Higher
oxygen sensor voltage than it indicates the gas mixture is too rich (λ<1) while lower voltage indicates too lean the gas
mixture (λ>1). When λclosed loop control works, ECU will monitor the oxygen sensor signal and adjust the amount of
fuel injected according to the gas mixture concentration sent by the signal. P0137 will be set up on conditions that the
signal is always suppressed in the range lower than the reference voltage.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Internal resistence of back oxygen sensor < 10 Ohm
 Measuring voltage of back oxygen sensor < 0.11V
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 consecutive driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0137 Downstream oxygen sensor circuit short to earth
Step
Action
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
410 mV
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
410 mV
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 2
System OK
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Operate the vehicle within the conditions for setting
parameters.
2. With a scan tool, observe the HO2S voltage
parameter.
Is the HO2S voltage at the specified value?
Operate the vehicle within the Failure Records
conditions.
Does the scan tool indicate this DTC failed this ignition?
1. Disconnect the HO2S.
2. Turn ON the ignition.
Does the scan tool indicate that the HO2S voltage is at
the specified value?
Test the HO2S signal circuit for a short to ground or a
short to sensor ground. Refer to "Circuit testing" and
"Wiring repairs" in "Wiring
systems".
Did you find and correct the condition?
Is the service complete?
Replace the HO2S. Refer to the "Replacement of HO2S".
Is the service complete?
1. Use a scan tool in order to clear DTCs.
2. Operate the vehicle within the Failure Records
conditions.
Does the DTC reset?
Value (s)
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.10 DTC P0132 Upstream oxygen sensor circuit short to power
Circuit description
The 4 pins connected to the oxygen sensor (short as HO2S) respectively are heater power terminal (12V), sensor
grounding (ECU terminal pin B_F2), signal terminal (ECU pin B_C1) and heater control terminal (ECU terminal pin
B_N4).
This system has utilized the heated oxygen sensor which has the heating circuit in addition to the oxygen sensor signal
circuit. Oxugen sensor inputs oxygen sensor voltage through the ECU pin B_C1. The oxygen sensor signal voltage will
vary between 0V and 1V when the oxygen sensor is in good operating condition. 450mV is the reference voltage. Higher
oxygen sensor voltage than it indicates the gas mixture is too rich (λ<1) while lower voltage indicates too lean the gas
mixture (λ>1). When λclosed loop control works, ECU will monitor the oxygen sensor signal and adjust the amount of
fuel injected according to the gas mixture concentration sent by the signal. If the oxygen sensor signal voltage is too
high and kept for quite long a period, configure DTC P0132.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Ignition switch is in the state of ON.
 Upstream oxygen sensor voltage is higher than 4.78V.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 consecutive driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following items:
 Fuel pressure- if it’s too high, the system will get rich. ECU can compensate a little for the increase. However, if the
fuel pressure is too high, configure P0132.
 Check evaporative emission canister fuel saturation. If fuel is full, check canister control and hose.
 Interrupted output of throttle position (TP) sensor may lead the system to getting richer because of the false
indication of engine acceleration.
 Check fuel pressure regulator diaphragm for leakage by examining the regulator vacuum line for the sign of fuel.
 Leaking spray nozzle requires replacement.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
P0132 Upstream oxygen sensor circuit short to power
Step
Action
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Install a scan tool.
Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for
running the DTC".
3.
Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0132 is
current?
Monitor the data display of oxygen sensor (HO2S) with
the scan tool.
Is the data display of O2S more than the specified value?
Perform the commissioning, speed up the vehicle to
more than 40 km/hour and then close the throttle. Under
the engine deceleration fuel mode, observe the voltage
value of O2S when the opening of throttle is less than
3%.
Does the voltage of O2S approximate the specified
value?
1.
Turn OFF the ignition.
2.
Disconnect the HO2S connector.
3.
Turn ON the ignition.
Does the scan tool indicate that the O2S voltage is more
than the specified value?
Test the signal circuit of the HO2S for a short to voltage.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace the HO2S.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Clear the DTCs.
2. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for
running the DTC". Use the scan tool to monitor the
trouble information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0132 is
current?
Value (s)
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
4780 mV
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
110 mV
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 5
480 mV
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.11 DTC P0138 Downstream oxygen sensor circuit short to power
Circuit description
The 4 pins connected to the oxygen sensor (short as HO2S) respectively are heater power terminal (12V), sensor
grounding (ECU terminal pin B_ E2), signal terminal (ECU terminal pin B_ A3) and heater control terminal (ECU terminal
pin B_ 04).
This system has utilized the heated oxygen sensor which has the heating circuit in addition to the oxygen sensor signal
circuit. Oxugen sensor inputs oxygen sensor voltage through the ECU pin B_A3. The oxygen sensor signal voltage will
vary between 0V and 1V when the oxygen sensor is in good operating condition. 450mV is the reference voltage. Higher
oxygen sensor voltage than it indicates the gas mixture is too rich (λ<1) while lower voltage indicates too lean the gas
mixture (λ>1). When λclosed loop control works, ECU will monitor the oxygen sensor signal and adjust the amount of
fuel injected according to the gas mixture concentration sent by the signal. If the oxygen sensor signal voltage is too
high and kept for quite long a period, configure DTC P0138.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Ignition switch is in the state of ON.
 Upstream oxygen sensor voltage is higher than 4.78V.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 consecutive driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following items:
 Fuel pressure- if it’s too high, the system will get rich. ECU can compensate a little for the increase. However, if the
fuel pressure is too high, configure P0138.
 Check evaporative emission canister fuel saturation. If fuel is full, check canister control and hose.
 Interrupted output of throttle position (TP) sensor may lead the system to getting richer because of the false
indication of engine acceleration.
 Check fuel pressure regulator diaphragm for leakage by examining the regulator vacuum line for the sign of fuel.
 Leaking spray nozzle requires replacement.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0138 Downstream oxygen sensor short to power
Step
Action
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Install a scan tool.
Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for
running the DTC".
3.
Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0138 is
current?
Monitor the data display of oxygen sensor (HO2S) with
the scan tool.
Is the data display of O2S more than the specified value?
Perform the commissioning, speed up the vehicle to
more than 40 km/hour and then close the throttle. Under
the engine deceleration fuel mode, observe the voltage
value of O2S when the opening of throttle is less than
3%.
Does the voltage of O2S approximate the specified
value?
1.
Turn OFF the ignition.
2.
Disconnect the HO2S connector.
3.
Turn ON the ignition.
Does the scan tool indicate that the O2S voltage is more
than the specified value?
Test the signal circuit of the HO2S for a short to voltage.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace the HO2S.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Clear the DTCs.
2. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for
running the DTC". Use the scan tool to monitor the
trouble information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0138 is
current?
Value (s)
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
4780 mV
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
110 mV
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 5
480 mV
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.12 DTC P0031 Upstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit open or short to earth
Circuit description
Heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) heater shortens time needed for oxygen sensor to reach operating temperature and
keeps the temperature during the long idle running period. When ignition switch is in “ON” position, ignition voltage is
directly supplied to oxygen sensor heater. Engine control module (ECM) will first make control circuit bonding to control
heater operations when oxygen sensor is in a cold state. Prevent through control of sensor heating speed the possibility
of sensor thermal shock as a result of dew formation of the sensor. After a predetermined period, ECM gives instruction
of continuous connection of the heater. Immediately the oxygen sensor operating temperature is reached, ECM will
make the heater control circuit bonding maintain the expected temperature.
ECM will control the heater through control circuit bonding and this control circuit consists of the solid-state device
known as actuator. The actuator is fitted with a reactive circuit connected to the voltage. ECM determines on the basis of
monitoring feedback voltage whether control circuit is open, short to the bonding or to the voltage. If control circuit
detected by ECM when the control circuit is instructed to disconnect is lower than the predetermined value, configure
this DTC.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Heater control circuit open or short to earth
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 consecutive driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
DTC P0031 Upstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit open or short to
Step
Action
1
Connect the diagnosis instrument and set ignition switch to “ON”.
Unplug oxygen sensor connector from the wiring harness. Check
2
whether the voltage between line ZK5 of this connector and line
B_N4 pin is about 12V with a multimeter.
Check with a multimeter whether the resistance between the
oxygen sensor and corresponding pins of line ZK5 and B_N4 is
3
8~12Ω at a temperature of 20℃.
4
5
Check whether fuse F215 in main relay power supply line is blown.
Check whether circuits between pins of B_N4 in ECU and ZK5 of
main relay and corresponding pins of line ZK5 and B_N4 is open
or short to earth.
earth
Yes
Go to Step 2
No
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 4
Replace the
sensor
Replace the fuse
Go to Step 5
Repair or replace the
wiring harness
Diagnostic aids
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.13 DTC P0037 Downstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit open or short to
earth
Circuit description
Heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) heater shortens time needed for oxygen sensor to reach operating temperature and
keeps the temperature during the long idle running period. When ignition switch is in “ON” position, ignition voltage is
directly supplied to oxygen sensor heater. Engine control module (ECM) will first make control circuit bonding to control
heater operations when oxygen sensor is in a cold state. Prevent through control of sensor heating speed the possibility
of sensor thermal shock as a result of dew formation of the sensor. After a predetermined period, ECM gives instruction
of continuous connection of the heater. Immediately the oxygen sensor operating temperature is reached, ECM will
make the heater control circuit bonding maintain the expected temperature.
ECM will control the heater through control circuit bonding and this control circuit consists of the solid-state device
known as actuator. The actuator is fitted with a reactive circuit connected to the voltage. ECM determines on the basis of
monitoring feedback voltage whether control circuit is open, short to the bonding or to the voltage. If control circuit
detected by ECM when the control circuit is instructed to disconnect is lower than the predetermined value, configure
this DTC.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Heater control circuit open or short to earth
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 consecutive driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
DTC P0037 Downstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit open or short to earth
Step
Action
Yes
1
Connect the diagnosis instrument and set ignition switch to “ON”.
Go to Step 2
Unplug oxygen sensor connector from the wiring harness. Check
2
whether the voltage between line ZK6 of this connector and line
Go to Step 3
B_O4 pins is About 12V with a multimeter.
Check with a multimeter whether the resistance between the
oxygen sensor and corresponding pins of line ZK6 and B_O4 is
3
Go to Step 4
8~12Ω at a temperature of 20℃.
4
5
Check whether fuse F215 in main relay power supply line is blown.
Check whether circuits between pins of B_O4 in ECU and ZK6 of
main relay and corresponding pins of line ZK6 and B_O4 is open
or short to earth.
No
Go to Step 4
Replace the
sensor
Replace the fuse
Go to Step 5
Repair or replace the
wiring harness
Diagnostic aids
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.14 DTC P0032 Upstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit short to power
Circuit description
Heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) heater shortens time needed for oxygen sensor to reach operating temperature and
keeps the temperature during the long idle running period. When ignition switch is in “ON” position, ignition voltage is
directly supplied to oxygen sensor heater. Engine control module (ECM) will first make control circuit bonding to control
heater operations when oxygen sensor is in a cold state. Prevent through control of sensor heating speed the possibility
of sensor thermal shock as a result of dew formation of the sensor. After a predetermined period, ECM gives instruction
of continuous connection of the heater. Immediately the oxygen sensor operating temperature is reached, ECM will
make the heater control circuit bonding maintain the expected temperature.
ECM will control the heater through control circuit bonding and this control circuit consists of the solid-state device
known as actuator. The actuator is fitted with a reactive circuit connected to the voltage. ECM determines on the basis of
monitoring feedback voltage whether control circuit is open, short to the bonding or to the voltage.If control circuit
detected by ECM when the control circuit is instructed to disconnect is higher than the predetermined value, configure
this DTC.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Pre-catalyst lambda probe heater control circuit short to power;
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 consecutive driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
DTC P0032 Upstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit short to power
Step
Action
1
Connect the diagnosis instrument and set ignition switch to “ON”.
Unplug oxygen sensor connector from the wiring harness. Check
2
whether the voltage between line ZK6 of this connector and line
B_N4 pins is About 12V with a multimeter.
Check with a multimeter whether the resistance between the
oxygen sensor and corresponding pins of line ZK6 and B_N4 is
3
8~12Ω at a temperature of 20℃.
4
5
Check whether fuse F215 in main relay power supply line is blown.
Check whether circuits between pins of B_N4 in ECU and ZK6 of
main relay and corresponding pins of line ZK6 and B_N4 is short
to power.
Yes
Go to Step 2
No
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 4
Replace the
sensor
Replace the fuse
Go to Step 5
Repair or replace the
wiring harness
Diagnostic aids
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.15 DTC P0038 Downstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit short to power
Circuit description
Heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) heater shortens time needed for oxygen sensor to reach operating temperature and
keeps the temperature during the long idle running period. When ignition switch is in “ON” position, ignition voltage is
directly supplied to oxygen sensor heater. Engine control module (ECM) will first make control circuit bonding to control
heater operations when oxygen sensor is in a cold state. Prevent through control of sensor heating speed the possibility
of sensor thermal shock as a result of dew formation of the sensor. After a predetermined period, ECM gives instruction
of continuous connection of the heater. Immediately the oxygen sensor operating temperature is reached, ECM will
make the heater control circuit bonding maintain the expected temperature.
ECM will control the heater through control circuit bonding and this control circuit consists of the solid-state device
known as actuator. The actuator is fitted with a feedback circuit connected to the voltage. ECM determines on the basis
of monitoring feedback voltage whether control circuit is open, short to the bonding or to the voltage. If control circuit
detected by ECM when the control circuit is instructed to disconnect is higher than the predetermined value, configure
this DTC.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Heater control circuit short to power;
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 consecutive driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
DTC P0038 Downstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit short to power
Step
1
2
3
4
5
Action
Connect the diagnosis instrument and set ignition switch to “ON”.
Unplug oxygen sensor connector from the wiring harness. Check
whether the voltage between line ZK6 of this connector and line
B_O4 pins is About 12V with a multimeter.
Check with a multimeter whether the resistance between the
oxygen sensor and corresponding pins of line ZK6 and B_O4 is
8~12Ω at a temperature of 20℃.
Yes
Go to Step 2
No
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 4
Replace the
sensor
Check whether fuse F215 in main relay power supply line is blown.
Check whether circuits between pins of B_O4 in ECU and ZK6 of
main relay and corresponding pins of line ZK6 and B_O4 is short
to power.
Replace the fuse
Go to Step 5
Repair or replace the
wiring harness
Diagnostic aids
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.16 DTC P0106 Improper intake manifold pressure sensor signal
Circuit description
This sensor consists of two sensors, namely, intake manifold absolute pressure sensor and intake temperature sensor.
There are three pins connect to this sensor (short as MAP) respectively 5V reference voltage (A_F4), grounding terminal
(A_B4) and signal output terminal（A_G2）.In the certain measuring range, pressure applied on the sensor and
measuring signal (voltage signal) presents a linear relation, i.e., the characteristic curve of the pressure sensor. ECU will
in accordance with the characteristic curve convert the voltage signal received to intake pressure. In malfunction
diagnosis test, ECU will process the intake pressure sensor output voltage into the average output voltage within the
period of every 180°rotation of the crankshaft and take it as diagnosis module input to assess the malfunction.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 The difference between the manifold pressure at engine stop and at engine idle is less than 25hPa
 450hpa < manifold pressure at engine stop or engine off <1100hpa
 Throttle percentage: 1%~7%
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
Poor connection between ECU and intake pressure sensor-check ECU wiring harness connector;
 Loosening terminals;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
Damaged wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal, watch the intake
pressure displayed on the malfunction diagnosis instrument while moving connectors and wiring harness related with
the sensor. If the display shows difference, it indicates defects in this section. If the diagnostic trouble code cannot be
represented and is determined as intermittent, it will be of help to check malfunction records in determining the latest
time when the code was set.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0106 Improper intake manifold pressure sensor signal
Step
Action
1
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
0.5V
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
4.8-5.2V
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 9
120 kPa
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 9
-
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 10
-
-
Go to Step 10
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
If the engine idle is unstable, repair the idle problem
before continuing with this table.
2. Install a scan tool. Start the engine and allow it to
idle.
3. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0106 is
current?
Monitor the data display of intake pressure sensor (MAP)
using a scan tool.
Is the sensor data display greater than the specified
value?
Conduct a 4.8-5.2 V load test between the 5 V reference
voltage circuit of intake manifold absolute pressure
sensor and the ground.
Is it between the reference values?
Turn ON the ignition. Test whether the voltage between
the low-voltage reference circuit of intake manifold
absolute pressure sensor and the battery negative pole is
greater than 0.2 V.
Turn Off the ignition. Test whether the resistance
between the low-voltage reference circuit of intake
manifold absolute pressure sensor and the battery
negative pole is greater than 5Ω.
Turn ON the ignition. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire
between the signal circuit and the low-voltage reference
circuit of intake manifold absolute pressure sensor.
Check whether the parameter of intake manifold absolute
pressure sensor is lower than the reference value.
Test the 5 V voltage circuit and signal circuit of MAP for a
short to ground. Test for the short circuit or open circuit in
MAP circuit, for the high resistance in wiring harness or
for the poor contact of pins at ECU end or sensor end.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace the MAP.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECM.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Restart the engine. Use the scan tool to monitor the
trouble information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0106 is
current?
Value (s)
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.17 DTC P0107 Intake manifold pressure sensor circuit short to earth
Circuit description
This sensor consists of two sensors, namely, intake manifold absolute pressure sensor and intake temperature sensor.
There are three pins connect to this sensor (short as MAP) respectively 5V reference voltage (A_F4), grounding terminal
(A_B4) and signal output terminal (A_G2）. In the certain measuring range, pressure applied on the sensor and
measuring signal presents a linear relation, i.e., the characteristic curve of the pressure sensor. ECU will in accordance
with the characteristic curve convert the voltage signal received to intake pressure. When the sensor is in good working
condition, the output voltage should be 0.5V－4.65V (with corresponding intake pressure between 10kPa and 115kPa).
In malfunction diagnosis test, ECU will process the intake pressure sensor output voltage into the average output
voltage within the period of every 180°rotation of the crankshaft and take it as diagnosis module input to assess the
malfunction. If pressure voltage of intake manifold absolute pressure sensor detected by ECM is too low, configure DTC
P0107。
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Engine is in operation;
 Voltage of intake pressure sensor is lower than 0.46V.
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
Poor connection between ECU and intake pressure sensor-check ECU wiring harness connector;
 Loosening terminals;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
Damaged wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal, watch the intake
pressure displayed on the scanning instrument while moving connectors and wiring harness related with the sensor. If
the display shows difference, it indicates defects in this section.
If the diagnostic trouble code cannot be represented and is determined as intermittent, it will be of help to check fault
records in determining the latest time when the code was set.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0107 Intake manifold pressure sensor circuit short to earth
Step
Action
Value (s)
1
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
0.5V
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
5V
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 10
-
Go to Step 10
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
1.
2
3
4
5.
6
7
8
9
10
If the engine idle is unstable, repair the idle problem
before continuing with this table.
2. Install a scan tool. Start the engine and allow it to
idle.
3. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information. Does the scan tool indicate that the
DTC P0107 is current?
Use the scan tool to monitor the data display of intake
pressure sensor (MAP).
Is the sensor data display lower than the specified value?
1. Turn the ignition switch off.
2. Disconnect the MAP sensor connector.
3. Turn ON the ignition.
4. Measure voltage between MAP wiring harness plug
A_F4 pin and the ground.
Is voltage value is near the specified value?
Test the signal circuit of MAP for a short to ground.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Test for the short circuit or open circuit in MAP circuit, for
the high resistance in wiring harness or for the poor
contact of pins at ECU end or sensor end.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Inspect MAP. Remove MAP, connect sensor terminal to
vacuum gauge, corresponding MAP pin of wiring harness
terminal A_F4 pin to 5V DC, corresponding MAP pin of
wiring harness terminal A_B4 pin to the ground, and
corresponding MAP pin of wiring harness terminal A_G2
pin to a multimeter. Does multimeter voltage decrease
from 4.65V to 0.4V correspondingly when vacuum meter
pressure drops from 115KPa to 10KPa?
Replace the MAP.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Restart the engine. Use the scan tool to monitor the
trouble information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0107 is
current?
Yes
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.18 DTC P0108 Intake manifold pressure sensor circuit short to power
Circuit description
This sensor consists of two sensors, namely, intake manifold absolute pressure sensor and intake temperature sensor.
There are three pins connect to this sensor (short as MAP) respectively 5V reference voltage (A_F4), grounding terminal
(A_B4) and signal output terminal（A_G2）. In the certain measuring range, pressure applied on the sensor and
measuring signal presents a linear relation, namely a characteristic curve of the pressure sensor. ECU will in
accordance with the characteristic curve convert the voltage signal received to intake pressure. When the sensor is in
good working condition, the output voltage should be 0.4V-4.65V (with corresponding intake pressure between 10kPa
and 115kPa). In malfunction diagnosis test, ECU will process the intake pressure sensor output voltage into the average
output voltage within the period of every 180°rotation of the crankshaft and take it as diagnosis module input to assess
the malfunction. If pressure voltage of intake manifold absolute pressure sensor detected by ECM is too high, configure
DTC P0108.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 The average output voltage of intake air pressure sensor ＞4.93V
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
Poor connection between ECU and intake pressure sensor-check ECU wiring harness connector;
Loosening terminals;
Poor match connection;
Broken keeper;
Deformed or damaged terminal;
Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
Damaged wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal, watch the intake
pressure displayed on the scanning instrument while moving connectors and wiring harness related with the sensor.
If the display shows difference, it indicates defects in this section.
If the diagnostic trouble code cannot be represented and is determined as intermittent, it will be of help to check
malfunction records in determining the latest time when the code was set.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0108 Intake manifold pressure sensor circuit short to power
Step
Action
Value (s)
1
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
4.950V
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
5V
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 10
-
Go to Step 10
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
1.
2
3
4
5.
6
7
8
9
10
If the engine idle is unstable, repair the idle problem
before continuing with this table.
2. Install a scan tool. Start the engine and allow it to
idle.
3. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0108 is
current?
Use the scan tool to monitor the data display of intake
pressure sensor (MAP). Is the sensor data display higher
than the specified value?
1. Turn the ignition switch off.
2. Disconnect the MAP sensor connector.
3. Turn ON the ignition.
4. Measure voltage between MAP wiring harness plug
A_F4 pin and the ground.
Is voltage value is near the specified value?
Test the signal circuit of MAP for a short to ground.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Test for the short circuit or open circuit in MAP circuit, for
the high resistance in wiring harness or for the poor
contact of pins at ECU end or sensor end.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Inspect MAP. Remove MAP, connect sensor terminal to
vacuum gauge, corresponding MAP pin of wiring harness
terminal A_F4 pin to 5V DC, corresponding MAP pin of
wiring harness terminal A_B4 pin to the ground, and
corresponding MAP pin of wiring harness terminal A_G2
pin to a multimeter. Does multimeter voltage decrease
from 4.65V to 0.4V correspondingly when vacuum meter
pressure drops from 115KPa to 10KPa?
Replace the MAP.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Restart the engine. Use the scan tool to monitor the
trouble information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0108 is
current?
Yes
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.19 DTC P0112 Intake temperature sensor circuit short to earth
Circuit description
This sensor consists of two sensors, namely, intake manifold absolute pressure sensor and intake temperature sensor.
There are two pins connect to this sensor, respectively the signal terminal (A_E4) and grounding terminal (A_C2).
Measuring component of the intake temperature sensor is a resistor with negative temperature coefficient. When intake
air temperature is low, sensor resistance and voltage of temperature signal input into ECU will be high. When intake air
temperature is high, sensor resistance and voltage of temperature signal input into ECU will be low. When temperature
sensor functions well, intake temperature taken by the system equals the intake temperature indicated by temperature
signal voltage. If temperature signal terminal is short to earth, corresponding indicated intake temperature will be too
high and DTC P0112 will be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Voltage of intake air temperature sensor ＜ 0.08V

Engine starting time＞120S
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
Poor connection between ECU and intake temperature sensor-check if ECU wiring harness connector exists;
 Loosen end
 Poor matching and connection
 Locking plate fracture
 Deformation or damage of end
 Poor contact of end and wire
 If the wire harness is damaged - check whether the wire harness is damaged. If it is seemingly normal, when
moving the connectors and wiring harness related to the IAT sensor, observe the IATon the scanning tools. If the
IAT has change, there is fault.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0112 Intake temperature sensor circuit short to earth
Step
Action
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
1. Turn the ignition to ON without starting the engine.
2. With a scan tool, observe the IAT parameter.
Does the scan tool indicate that the IAT parameter is
more than specified value?
Operate the vehicle within conditions for running the
DTC.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0112 is
current?
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the IAT sensor.
3. Turn the ignition to ON without starting the engine.
With a scan tool, observe the IAT parameter.
Does the scan tool indicate that the IAT parameter is
lower than specified value?
Test the signal circuit of the IAT sensor for a short to
ground.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Check for the high resistance in the circuit between IAT
and ECU or for the poor contact of pins at ECU end or
sensor end.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace the IAT sensor.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Use the scan tool to clear the DTC.
2. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for
running the DTC.
Is the DTC reset?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
120°C
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-40°C
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 2
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.20 DTC P0113 Intake temperature sensor circuit short to power
Circuit description
This sensor consists of two sensors, namely, intake manifold absolute pressure sensor and intake temperature sensor.
There are two pins connect to this sensor, respectively the signal terminal (A_E4) and grounding terminal (A_C2).
Measuring component of the intake temperature sensor is a resistor with negative temperature coefficient. When intake
air temperature is low, sensor resistance and voltage of temperature signal input into ECU will be high. When intake air
temperature is high, sensor resistance and voltage of temperature signal input into ECU will be low. When temperature
sensor functions well, intake temperature taken by the system equals the intake temperature indicated by temperature
signal voltage. If temperature signal terminal is short to earth, corresponding indicated intake temperature will be too
high and DTC P0113 will be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Voltage of air intake temperature sensor > 4.95 V
 Minimum time of engine starting > 120 s
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
 Checking the following situation:
 Poor contact of ECU and intake air temperature sensor – check if wire harness connector of ECU exists:
 Loose end
 Poor matching and connection
 locking plate fracture
 Deformation or damage of end
 Poor contact of end and wire
 If the wire harness is damaged - check whether the wire harness is damaged. If it is seemingly normal, when
moving the connectors and wiring harness related to the IAT sensor, observe the IATon the scanning tools. If the
IAT has change, there is fault.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0113 Intake temperature sensor circuit short to power
Step
Action
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
1. Turn the ignition to ON without starting the engine.
2. With a scan tool, observe the IAT parameter.
Does the scan tool indicate that the IAT parameter is
lower than specified value?
Operate the vehicle within conditions for running the
DTC.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0113 is
current?
1.
Turn OFF the ignition.
2.
Disconnect the IAT sensor.
3.
Use a 3 A jumper wire to connect the ground wire of
sensor and the signal wire.
Turn ON the ignition. With a scan tool, observe the IAT
parameter.
Does the scan tool indicate that the IAT parameter is
more than the specified value?
1. Use an end of jumper wire to connect the pin at the
signal end of IAT sensor. The other end ensures a
good ground.
2.
Use the scan tool to observe the IAT parameter.
Does the scan tool indicate that the IAT parameter is
more than the specified value?
Test the signal wire of the IAT for the short circuit to
power supply or open circuit.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Check for the short circuit, open circuit or high resistance
in the circuit between IAT and ECU or for the poor
contact of pins at ECU end or sensor end.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace the IAT sensor.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Use the scan tool to clear the DTC.
2. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running
the DTC.
Is the DTC reset?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-40°C
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
120°C
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
120°C
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step10
-
-
Go to Step 10
-
-
Go to Step 2
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.21 DTC P0117 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit short to earth
Circuit description
There are two pins connect to the engine coolant temperature sensor, respectively the sensor signal terminal (ECU pin
A_D3) and grounding terminal (ECU pin A_B2).
Measuring component of the engine coolant temperature sensor by this system is a resistor with negative temperature
coefficient. Its resistance will decrease as the temperature increases, resulting in the corresponding decrease of input
ECU signal value in the form of voltage. The voltage varies in 0~5V range. Through checking the sensor characteristic
curve, ECU converts it into engine coolant temperature. The diagnostic module of engine coolant temperature sensor
determines on the basis of this temperature the malfunction.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Engine coolant temperature sensor voltage is less than 0.15 V
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
Poor connection between ECU and engine coolant temperature sensor-check if ECU wiring harness connector exists;
 Loosening terminals;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper
 Deformed or damaged terminal
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire
Damage of wire harness:
Check whether the wire harness is damaged. If it is seemingly normal, when moving the connectors and wiring harness
related to the ECT, observe the ECT on the malfunction diagnosis instrument. If the ECT has change, there is fault.
If the DTC cannot be represented, it will be of help to check malfunction records in determining driving distance since
the last time when DTC was set. The frequency of setting DTC can be determined, which is helpful to the diagnosis of
this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0117 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit short to earth
Step
Action
Value (s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
●
Turn the ignition to ON without starting the engine.
●
With a scan tool, observe the ECT parameter.
Does the scan tool indicate that the ECT parameter is
more than the specified value?
Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the
DTC.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0117 is
current?
1.
Turn the ignition OFF.
2.
Disconnect the ECT sensor.
3.
Turn the ignition to ON without starting the engine.
4.
Observe the ECT parameter with a scan tool.
Does the scan tool indicate that the ECT parameter is
less than the specified value?
Test the ECT sensor signal circuit for a short to ground or
a short to the coolant temperature sensor ground circuit.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace the ECT sensor.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1.
Use the scan tool to clear the DTC.
2.
Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running
the DTC.
Is the DTC reset?
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
120°C
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
- 40°C
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 2
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.22 DTC P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit short to power or open
Circuit description
There are two pins connected to engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor, respectively the sensor signal terminal
(ECU pin A_D3) and sensor ground terminal (ECU pin A_B2).
Measuring component of the engine coolant temperature sensor by this system is a resistor with negative temperature
coefficient. Its resistance will decrease as the temperature increases, resulting in the corresponding decrease of input
ECU signal value in the form of voltage. The voltage varies in 0~5V range. Through checking the sensor characteristic
curve, ECU converts it into engine coolant temperature. The diagnostic module of engine coolant temperature sensor
determines on the basis of this temperature the malfunction.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Original voltage value of water temperature sensor is greater than 4.93 V
 Temperature of intake air temperature sensor > - 30 ℃ or ≤ 30 ℃
 Engine starting time > 60 s
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
Poor connection between ECU and engine coolant temperature sensor-check if ECU wiring harness connector exists;
 Loosening terminals;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper
 Deformed or damaged terminal
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire
Damaged wiring harness:
Check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal, watch the ECT displayed on the malfunction
diagnosis instrument while moving connectors and wiring harness related with ECT sensor. If the ECT shows difference,
it indicates defects in this section.
If the DTC cannot be represented, it will be of help to check malfunction records in determining driving distance since
the last time when the code was set. The frequency of setting DTC can be determined, which is helpful to the diagnosis
of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit short to power or circuit break
Step
Action
Value (s)
Yes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
● Turn the ignition to ON without starting the engine.
● With a scan tool, observe the ECT parameter.
Does the scan tool indicate that the ECT parameter is
lower than the specified value?
Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the
DTC.
Does the scan tool indicate that DTC P0118 failed this
ignition?
Test for the short circuit to power supply of ECT sensor
signal circuit.
Did you find and correct the condition?
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the ECT sensor.
3. Connect the jumper wire with a 3 A fuse between the
ECT sensor signal circuit and the ground circuit.
4. Use the scan tool to observe the ECT parameter.
Does the scan tool indicate that the ECT parameter is
more than the specified value?
1. Use an end of jumper wire with a 3 A fuse to connect
the ECT sensor signal terminal. The other end
ensures a good ground.
2. Use the scan tool to observe the ECT parameter.
Does the scan tool indicate that the ECT parameter is
more than the specified value?
Inspect for faulty connections at the ECT sensor.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Test the ground circuit of the ECT sensor for an open.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Test the signal circuit of the ECT sensor for an open.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Check for the connection of ECT sensor signal and
ground circuit on the ECU.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace the ECT sensor.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU module.
Is the replacement complete?
● Use the scan tool to clear the DTC.
● Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running
the DTC.
Is the DTC reset?
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
- 40°C
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 5
120°C
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
120°C
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
-
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 10
-
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 10
-
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 12
-
Go to Step 13
-
-
Go to Step 13
-
-
Go to Step 2
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.23 DTC P0119 Engine coolant temperature sensor signal gradient failure
Circuit description
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant.
The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the ECT signal circuit and supplies a ground to the low reference
circuit. The ECM tests the coolant temperature sensor. If the ECM detects the too high noise or rapid fluctuation of the
ECT signal, this DTC sets.
The following table illustrates the difference between temperature, resistance, and voltage:
ECT
ECT resistance
ECT signal voltage
Cold
High
High
Warm
Low
Low
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Temperature change of engine water temperature sensor within 1.5S interval > 5.25 V
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
 Check engine coolant temperature sensor at different temperature levels for errors. Sensor error will lead to DTC
failure or driveability failure. See “Temperature and resistance-engine coolant temperature sensor”.
 When engine starts the cooling, temperature of engine coolant temperature sensor should rise steadily and keep
stable when thermostat is started.
 If resistance of engine coolant temperature sensor signal circuit or engine coolant temperature sensor low level
reference voltage circuit is too high, DTC may be configured.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0119 Engine coolant temperature sensor signal gradient failure
Step
Action
Value (s)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Did you perform the "Check of diagnostic system vehicle"?
Observe the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor
parameter change with a scan tool while moving the ECT
sensor connector and the engine control module (ECM)
connector as well as the relevant wiring harnesses.
Is the parameter change more than the specified value?
Repair the suspected harness and connector. Is the
repair complete?
1. Check the engine coolant height.
2. Check and confirm the operating condition of coolant
system.
Is there any suspected malfunction of engine cooling
system?
1. Observe the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records" for this
DTC.
2. Turn the ignition OFF for 30 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
4. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for running
the DTC". You may also operate the vehicle within
the conditions that you observed from the "Freeze
Frame/Failure Records".
Did the DTC fail this ignition?
1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.
Disconnect the ECT sensor. Refer to the
"Replacement of ECT sensor".
2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
3. With a scan tool, observe the ECT sensor parameter.
Is the temperature less than the specified value?
1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.
Disconnect the ECM.
2. Check the signal circuit of ECT sensor for a short to
ground.
Did you find and correct the condition?
1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.
2. Remove the ECM fuse from the underhood fuse
block.
Notice: Do NOT use a test lamp to test the continuity of
the circuit. Damage to the control module may occur due
to excessive current draw.
Important: The control module or the sensor may be
damaged if the circuit is shorted to battery positive
voltage.
3. Measure the resistance between the low reference
circuit of the ECT sensor and the ECM housing with
a DMM.
Is the resistance less than the specified value?
Yes
Go to Step 2
3°C（5°F）
Go to Step 3
No
Go to "Check of
diagnostic
system vehicle" in
"Vehicle DTC
information"
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 16
-40°C
5Ω
Go to "Symptom
- engine cooling
system"
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 10
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Step
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Action
1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. Install
the ECM fuse to the underhood fuse block.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the On position. Connect a
3-amp fused jumper wire between the signal circuit
and the low reference circuit of the ECT sensor.
3. With a scan tool, observe the ECT sensor parameter.
Is the temperature above the specified value?
Check the ECT sensor low reference circuit for an open,
for a high resistance, or for a short to voltage. Did you
find and correct the condition?
Check the signal circuit of the ECT sensor for a short to
voltage, an open, or for high resistance. Did you find and
correct the condition?
Check for shorted terminals and for poor connections at
the ECT sensor.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Check for shorted terminals and for poor connections at
the ECM.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace the ECT sensor. Refer to the "Replacement of
ECT sensor".
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECM.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Use a scan tool to clear all DTCs.
2. Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
4. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for running
the DTC".
Did the DTC fail this ignition?
Observe the "Capture Info" with a scan tool.
Is there any DTC that has not been diagnosed?
Value (s)
Yes
No
130°C
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 15
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 17
Go to "DTC list vehicle" of
"Vehicle DTC
information"
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.24 DTC P0123 Overtension of throttle position sensor 1
Circuit description
Throttle actuator control system utilizes 2 throttle position sensors to monitor throttle position. Throttle position sensor 1
and 2 are in throttle body assembly. The sensors have the following circuits:
 A 5V reference voltage circuit;
 A low reference voltage circuit;
 Two throttle position sensor signal circuits;
2 processors are used meanwhile to monitor throttle actuator control system data.The 2 processors are located in
ECM.Each signal circuit supply the 2 processors with signal voltage proportionate to throttle blade displacement. The 2
processors monitor data of each other to ensure correct calculation of throttle position. Signals of sensor 1 and 2 are
complementary.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Throttle position voltage is higher than 4.87V.
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0123 Overtension of throttle position sensor 1
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Did you perform the "Check of diagnostic system - engine
control system"?
1.
2.
3.
Start the engine.
Allow the engine to idle
Observe the TP sensor percentage parameter with
a scan tool.
Is the percentage less than the specified value?
1.
Observe the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records" for
this DTC.
2.
Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.
3.
Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for
running the DTC". You may also operate the vehicle
within the conditions that you observed from the
"Freeze Frame/Failure Records".
Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle?
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2.
Disconnect the TP sensor.
3.
Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
4.
Observe the TP sensor percentage parameter with
a scan tool.
Is the percentage less than the specified value?
Measure the voltage from the 5 V reference circuit of the
TP sensor to a good ground.
Is the voltage value more than the specified value?
Measure the resistance between the low reference circuit
of the TP sensor and the engine control module (ECM)
housing with a DMM. Is the resistance value below the
specified value?
Test the signal circuit of TP sensor for a short to voltage.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Important: The ECM and the TP sensor may be
damaged if the circuit is shorted to battery positive
voltage.
Test the low reference circuit of TP sensor for the
following conditions:
 A short to voltage
 An open circuit
 Too high resistance
Did you find and correct the condition?
Important: The 5-volt reference circuits are internally
and externally connected at the controller. Other sensors
that share the 5-volt reference circuit may also have
DTCs set. Disconnecting a sensor on the shared 5-volt
reference circuit may isolate a shorted sensor. Review
the electrical schematic and diagnose the shared
circuits and relevant sensors. Test the 5-volt reference
circuit of the TP sensor for a short to voltage.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check
diagnostic
system - engine
control system"
-
Go to Step 2
12%
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Intermittent
conditions"
12%
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
5.2 V
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 6
5Ω
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 11
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Step
10
11
12
13
14
15
Action
Check the TP sensor for intermittent and poor
connections.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Test the ECM for intermittent and poor connections.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace the TP sensor.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECM.
Is the replacement complete?
1.
Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTC.
2.
Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.
3.
Start the engine.
4.
Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for
running the DTC". You may also operate the vehicle
within the conditions that you observed from the
"Freeze Frame/Failure Records".
Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle?
Observe the "Capture Info" with a scan tool.
Is there any DTC that has not been diagnosed?
Value (s)
Yes
No
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 12
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 13
-
Go to Step 14
-
-
Go to Step 14
-
-
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 15
-
Go to "DTC list"
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.25 DTC P0122 Low voltage of throttle position sensor 1
Circuit description
Throttle actuator control (TAC) system utilizes 2 throttle position sensors to monitor throttle position. Throttle position
sensor 1 and 2 are in throttle body assembly. The sensors have the following circuits:
 A 5V reference voltage circuit;
 A low reference voltage circuit;
 Two throttle position sensor signal circuits;
2 processors are used meanwhile to monitor throttle actuator control system data. The 2 processors are located in ECM.
Each signal circuit supply the 2 processors with signal voltage proportionate to throttle blade displacement. The 2
processors monitor data of each other to ensure correct calculation of throttle position. Signals of sensor 1 and 2 are
complementary.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Voltage of the throttle position sensor signal is lower than 0.16V.
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0122 Low voltage of throttle position sensor 1
Step
Action
1
Is “Diagnosis system check-engine control system”
already executed?
Yes
No
Go to "Check
diagnostic
system - engine
control system"
-
Go to Step 2
12%-88%
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Intermittent
conditions"
4.9 V
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
88%
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 8
2Ω
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 9
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 11
1.
2.
2
3
4
Connect ignition switch but do not start the engine.
Step on accelerator pedal to wide open throttle
(WOT) position and monitor throttle position (TP)
sensor opening on the malfunction diagnosis
instrument at the same time.
Does TP sensor opening increase from below the first
specified value to above the second specified value?
1. Check “Freeze Frame” /”Failure Records” of the
DTC.
2. Shut the ignition switch for 30s.
3. Start the engine.
4. Under “conditions for running DTC”, handle the
vehicle.You can also handle the vehicle under the
condition checked in “Freeze Frame” / “Failure
Records”.
Does DTC fail to pass this ignition loop test?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect throttle position sensor.
3. Connect ignition switch but do not start the engine.
4. Measure the voltage between throttle position
sensor 5V reference voltage circuit and the reliable
ground point with a digital multimeter.
Does the voltage exceed the specified value?
Value (s)
1.
5
6
7
Connect a jumper wire with a 3A fuse between
throttle position sensor 5V reference voltage circuit
and the signal circuit.
2. Observe through the malfunction diagnosis
instrument throttle position sensor percentage
parameter.
Does the percent exceed the specified value?
Measure the resistance between throttle position sensor
low reference voltage circuit and ECM housing with a
digital multimeter.
Does the resistance exceed the specified value?
Important note: Each 5V reference voltage circuit is
connected inside and outside the controller. Other
sensors sharing the 5V reference voltage circuit may also
lead to configuration of DTC. Disconnecting a certain
sensor sharing the 5V reference voltage circuit can
insulate the short-circuited sensor.
Refer to electrical schematic diagrams to diagnose the
shared circuit and related sensors.
Test the throttle position sensor 5V reference voltage
circuit for the following conditions:
 Open circuit;
 Short to earth;
 Over-high resistance;
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Step
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Action
Is failure detected and resolved?
Test the throttle position sensor signal circuit for the
following conditions:
 Open circuit;
 Short to earth;
 Over-high resistance;
Is failure detected and resolved?
Important note: if low reference voltage circuit is short to
battery positive voltage, ECM and/or TP sensor may be
damaged. Test the throttle position sensor low reference
voltage circuit for the following conditions:
 Open circuit;
 Over-high resistance;
 Short circuit to voltage;
Is failure detected and resolved?
Check the TP sensor for intermittent failure and poor
connection defect.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Test ECM for intermittent failure and poor connection
defect.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace throttle position sensor. Is replacement
finished?
Replace the ECM. Is replacement finished?
1. DTC can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis
instrument.
2. Shut the ignition switch for 30s.
3. Start the engine.
4. Under “conditions for running DTC”, handle the
vehicle. You can also handle the vehicle under the
condition checked in “Freeze Frame” /”Failure
Records”.
Does DTC fail to pass this ignition loop test?
Check if there is any DTC that has not been diagnosed
with a malfunction diagnosis instrument?
Value (s)
Yes
No
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 12
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 13
-
Go to Step 14
-
-
Go to Step 14
-
-
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 15
-
Go to "DTC list"
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.26 DTC P0223 Overtension of throttle position sensor 2
Circuit description
Throttle actuator control system utilizes 2 throttle position sensors to monitor throttle position.Throttle position sensor 1
and 2 are in throttle body assembly.The sensors have the following circuits:
 A 5V reference voltage circuit;
 A low reference voltage circuit;
 Two throttle position sensor signal circuits;
2 processors are used meanwhile to monitor throttle actuator control system data.The 2 processors are located in
ECM.Each signal circuit supply the 2 processors with signal voltage proportionate to throttle blade displacement.The 2
processors monitor data of each other to ensure correct calculation of throttle position.Signals of sensor 1 and 2 are
complementary.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 The throttle position is greater than 4.872V.
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0223 Overtension of throttle position sensor 2
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Is “Diagnosis system check-engine control system”
already executed?
1.
2.
3.
Start the engine.
Let the engine run at idle state.
Observe through the malfunction diagnosis
instrument throttle position sensor percentage
parameter.
Is the percent below the specified value?
1. Check “Freeze Frame” /”Failure Records” of the
DTC.
2. Shut the ignition switch for 30s.
3. Under“conditions for running DTC”, handle the
vehicle.You can also handle the vehicle under the
condition checked in “Freeze Frame” /”Failure
Records”.
Does DTC fail to pass this ignition loop test?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect throttle position sensor.
3. Connect ignition switch but do not start the engine.
4. Observe through the malfunction diagnosis
instrument throttle position sensor percentage
parameter.
Is the percent below the specified value?
Measure the voltage between throttle position sensor 5V
reference voltage circuit and the reliable ground point.
Does the measured voltage exceed the specified value?
Measure the resistance between throttle position sensor
low reference voltage circuit and ECM housing with a
digital multimeter.
Is the resistance below the specified value?
Test the throttle position sensor signal circuit for short
circuit to voltage.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Important note: if the circuit is short to battery positive
voltage, ECM and/or TP sensor may be damaged.
Test the throttle position sensor low reference voltage
circuit for the following conditions:
 Short circuit to voltage;
 Open circuit;
 Over-high resistance;
Is failure detected and resolved?
Important note: Each 5V reference voltage circuit is
connected inside and outside the controller. Other
sensors sharing the 5V reference voltage circuit may also
lead to configuration of DTC.Disconnecting a certain
sensor sharing the 5V reference voltage circuit can
insulate the short-circuited sensor.Refer to electrical
schematic diagrams to diagnose the shared circuit and
related sensors. Test the throttle position sensor 5V
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check
diagnostic
system - engine
control system"
-
Go to Step 2
12%
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Intermittent
conditions"
12%
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
5.2 V
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 6
5Ω
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 11
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Step
10
11
12
13
14
15
Action
reference voltage circuit for short circuit to voltage.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Check the TP sensor for intermittent failure and poor
connection defect.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Test ECM for intermittent failure and poor connection
defect.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace throttle position sensor. Is replacement finished?
Replace the ECM. Is replacement finished?
1. DTC can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis
instrument.
2. Shut the ignition switch for 30s.
3. Start the engine.
4. Under “conditions for running DTC”, handle the
vehicle.You can also handle the vehicle under the
condition checked in “Freeze Frame” /”Failure
Records”.
Does DTC fail to pass this ignition loop test?
Check “Capture Info” with the a malfunction diagnosis
instrument.
Is there any DTC that has not been diagnosed?
Value (s)
Yes
No
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 12
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 13
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 14
-
-
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 15
-
Go to "DTC list"
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.27 DTC P0222 Low voltage of throttle position sensor 2
Circuit description
Throttle actuator control (TAC) system utilizes 2 throttle position sensors to monitor throttle position.Throttle position
sensor 1 and 2 are in throttle body assembly.The sensors have the following circuits:
 A 5V reference voltage circuit;
 A low reference voltage circuit;
 Two throttle position sensor signal circuits;
2 processors are used meanwhile to monitor throttle actuator control system data. The 2 processors are located in ECM.
Each signal circuit supply the 2 processors with signal voltage proportionate to throttle blade displacement. The 2
processors monitor data of each other to ensure correct calculation of throttle position. Signals of sensor 1 and 2 are
complementary.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Throttle position is lower than 0.11V.
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0222 Low voltage of throttle position sensor 2
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
Is “Diagnosis system check-engine control system”
already executed?
1. Connect ignition switch but do not start the engine.
2. Step on accelerator pedal to wide open throttle
(WOT) position and monitor throttle position (TP)
sensor opening on the malfunction diagnosis
instrument at the same time.
Does TP sensor opening increase from below the first
specified value to above the second specified value?
1. Check “Freeze Frame” /”Failure Records” of the
DTC.
2. Shut the ignition switch for 30s.
3. Start the engine.
4. Under “conditions for running DTC”, handle the
vehicle.You can also handle the vehicle under the
condition checked in “Freeze Frame” /”Failure
Records”.
Does DTC fail to pass this ignition loop test?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect throttle position sensor.
3. Connect ignition switch but do not start the engine.
4. Measure the voltage between throttle position
sensor 5V reference voltage circuit and the reliable
ground point with a digital multimeter.
Does the voltage exceed the specified value?
Yes
No
Go to "Check
diagnostic
system - engine
control system"
-
Go to Step 2
12%-88%
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Intermittent
conditions"
4.9 V
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
88%
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 8
5Ω
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 9
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 11
1.
5
6
7
Connect a jumper wire with a 3A fuse between
throttle position sensor 5V reference voltage circuit
and the signal circuit.
2. Observe through the malfunction diagnosis
instrument throttle position sensor percentage
parameter.
Does the percent exceed the specified value?
Measure the resistance between throttle position sensor
low reference voltage circuit and ECM housing with a
digital multimeter.
Does the resistance exceed the specified value?
Important note: Each 5V reference voltage circuit is
connected inside and outside the controller. Other
sensors sharing the 5V reference voltage circuit may also
lead to configuration of DTC.Disconnecting a certain
sensor sharing the 5V reference voltage circuit can
insulate the short-circuited sensor.
Refer to electrical schematic diagrams to diagnose the
shared circuit and related sensors. Test the throttle
position sensor 5V reference voltage circuit for the
following conditions:
 Open circuit;
 Short to earth;
 Over-high resistance;
Value (s)
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Step
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Action
Is failure detected and resolved?
Test the throttle position sensor signal circuit for the
following conditions:
 Open circuit;
 Short to earth;
 Over-high resistance;
Is failure detected and resolved?
Important note: if low reference voltage circuit is short to
battery positive voltage, ECM and/or TP sensor may be
damaged. Test the throttle position sensor low reference
voltage circuit for the following conditions:
 Open circuit;
 Over-high resistance;
 Short circuit to voltage;
Is failure detected and resolved?
Check the TP sensor for intermittent failure and poor
connection defect.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Test ECM for intermittent failure and poor connection
defect.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace throttle position sensor.Is replacement finished?
Replace the ECM. Is replacement finished?
1. DTC can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis
instrument.
2. Shut the ignition switch for 30s.
3. Start the engine.
4. Under “conditions for running DTC”, handle the
vehicle.You can also handle the vehicle under the
condition checked in “Freeze Frame” /”Failure
Records”.
Does DTC fail to pass this ignition loop test?
Check if there is any DTC that has not been diagnosed
with a malfunction diagnosis instrument?
Value (s)
Yes
No
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 12
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 13
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 14
-
-
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 15
-
Go to "DTC list"
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.28 DTC P2135 Inappropriate voltage relativity of throttle position sensor 1/2
Circuit description
Throttle actuator control (TAC) system utilizes 2 throttle position sensors to monitor throttle position. Throttle position
sensor 1 and 2 are in throttle body assembly. The sensors have the following circuits:
 A 5V reference voltage circuit;
 A low reference voltage circuit;
 Two throttle position sensor signal circuits;
2 processors are used meanwhile to monitor throttle actuator control system data.The 2 processors are located in
ECM.Each signal circuit supply the 2 processors with signal voltage proportionate to throttle blade displacement.The 2
processors monitor data of each other to ensure correct calculation of throttle position.Signals of sensor 1 and 2 are
complementary.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Deviation of throttle position sensor 1 and 2 exceeds the limit of 7.
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
DTC P2135 Inappropriate voltage relativity of throttle position sensor 1/2
Step
Action
Value (s)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Is “Diagnosis system check-engine control system”
already executed?
Put ignition switch to “OFF” and disconnect the ECM and
throttle valve body assembly wiring harness plug
connector.
Test whether resistance between pins of reference
voltage circuit between ECM and throttle valve body
assembly is below 5Ω.
Test whether resistance between pins of signal voltage
circuit between ECM and throttle valve body assembly is
below 5Ω.
Test whether resistance between signal circuit terminals
of throttle position sensor 1 and 2 is infinite.
Check corresponding circuit for failures of open circuit,
over-high resistance and short circuit and repair. Clear
trouble code with malfunction diagnosis instrument and
re-read the trouble code to ensure the failure is cleared.
Replace throttle valve body assembly.
-
Yes
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check
diagnostic system engine control
system"
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
-
-
-
-
-
-
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.29 DTC P2123 Overtension of accelerator position sensor 1
Circuit description
Accelerator pedal assembly consists of 2 accelerator position sensors. Accelerator position sensors are installed on
accelerator pedal assembly and cannot be repaired and cannot be repaired. Voltage signal supplied by accelerator
pedal position sensors vary with pedal position. ECM supplies to each accelerator pedal position sensor a 5V reference
voltage circuit, a low level reference voltage circuit and a signal circuit.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Voltage of accelerator pedal position sensor is greater than 4.819 V.
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
DTC P2123 Overtension of accelerator position sensor 1
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Is “Diagnosis system check-engine control system”
already executed?
Set ignition switch to OFF and disconnect accelerator
pedal wiring harness plug connector.
Test whether resistance between low level reference
voltage circuit terminal (green line) and bonding is below
5Ω.
Ignition switch is in the state of ON and test whether
voltage value between 5V reference voltage circuit
terminal (green line) and bonding is in specified range.
Constantly set accelerator pedal from the initial position
to wide open and test whether signal terminal (white/red)
and bonding is in specified range.
Check and test whether corresponding circuit is short to
bonding or open/ whether resistance is too high or short
circuit to power.
Check corresponding circuit and repair. Clear trouble
code with malfunction diagnosis instrument and re-read
the trouble code to ensure the failure is cleared.
Replace the ECM.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Value (s)
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check
diagnostic system engine control
system"
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step6
4.4-5.6V
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
0.65-4.25V
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
-
-
-
-
-
-
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.30 DTC P2122 Low voltage of accelerator position sensor 1
Circuit description
Accelerator pedal assembly consists of 2 accelerator position sensors. Accelerator position sensors are installed on
accelerator pedal assembly and cannot be repaired. Voltage signal supplied by accelerator pedal position sensors vary
with pedal position. ECM supplies to each accelerator pedal position sensor a 5V reference voltage circuit, a low level
reference voltage circuit and a signal circuit.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Voltage of throttle sensor is less than 0.171V
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
DTC P2122 Low voltage of accelerator position sensor 1
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Is “Diagnosis system check-engine control system”
already executed?
Set ignition switch to OFF and disconnect accelerator
pedal wiring harness plug connector.
Test whether resistance between low level reference
voltage circuit terminal (green line) and bonding is below
5Ω.
Ignition switch is in the state of ON and test whether
voltage value between 5V reference voltage circuit
terminal (green line) and bonding is in specified range.
Constantly set accelerator pedal from the initial position
to wide open and test whether signal terminal (white/red)
and bonding is in specified range.
Check and test whether corresponding circuit is short to
bonding or open/ whether resistance is too high or short
circuit to power.
Check corresponding circuit and repair. Clear trouble
code with malfunction diagnosis instrument and re-read
the trouble code to ensure the failure is cleared.
Value (s)
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check
diagnostic system engine control
system"
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step6
4.4-5.6V
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
0.65-4.25V
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
-
-
-
8
ECM。Replace the ECM.
-
-
-
9
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
-
-
-
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.31 DTC P2128 Overtension of accelerator position sensor 2
Circuit description
Accelerator pedal assembly consists of 2 accelerator position sensors. Accelerator position sensors are installed on
accelerator pedal assembly and cannot be repaired. Voltage signal supplied by accelerator pedal position sensors vary
with pedal position. ECM supplies to each accelerator pedal position sensor a 5V reference voltage circuit, a low level
reference voltage circuit and a signal circuit.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Voltage of accelerator pedal position sensor is greater than 4.302V
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
DTC P2128 Overtension of accelerator position sensor 2
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Is “Diagnosis system check-engine control system”
already executed?
Set ignition switch to OFF and disconnect accelerator
pedal wiring harness plug connector.
Test whether resistance between low level reference
voltage circuit terminal (red line) and bonding is below
5Ω.
Ignition switch is in the state of ON and test whether
voltage value between 5V reference voltage circuit
terminal (red line) and bonding is in specified range.
Constantly set accelerator pedal from the initial position
to wide open and test whether signal terminal
(white/blue) and bonding is in specified range.
Check and test whether corresponding circuit is short to
bonding or open/ whether resistance is too high or short
circuit to power.
Check corresponding circuit and repair. Clear trouble
code with malfunction diagnosis instrument and re-read
the trouble code to ensure the failure is cleared.
Replace the ECM.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Value (s)
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check
diagnostic system engine control
system"
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step6
4.4-5.6V
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
0.275-2.2V
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
-
-
-
-
-
-
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.32 DTC P2127 Low voltage of accelerator position sensor 2
Circuit description
Accelerator pedal assembly consists of 2 accelerator position sensors. Accelerator position sensors are installed on
accelerator pedal assembly and cannot be repaired. Voltage signal supplied by accelerator pedal position sensors vary
with pedal position. ECM supplies to each accelerator pedal position sensor a 5V reference voltage circuit, a low level
reference voltage circuit and a signal circuit.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Voltage of accelerator pedal position sensor is less than 0.078V.
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
DTC P2127 Low voltage of accelerator position sensor 2
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Is “Diagnosis system check-engine control system”
already executed?
Set ignition switch to OFF and disconnect accelerator
pedal wiring harness plug connector.
Test whether resistance between low level reference
voltage circuit terminal (red line) and bonding is below
5Ω.
Ignition switch is in the state of ON and test whether
voltage value between 5V reference voltage circuit
terminal (red line) and bonding is in specified range.
Constantly set accelerator pedal from the initial position
to wide open and test whether signal terminal
(white/blue) and bonding is in specified range.
Check and test whether corresponding circuit is short to
bonding or open/ whether resistance is too high or short
circuit to power.
Check corresponding circuit and repair. Clear trouble
code with malfunction diagnosis instrument and re-read
the trouble code to ensure the failure is cleared.
Replace the ECM.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Value (s)
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check
diagnostic system engine control
system"
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step6
4.4-5.6V
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
0.275-2.2V
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
-
-
-
-
-
-
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.33 DTC P2138 Inappropriate voltage relativity of accelerator position sensor 1/2
Circuit description
Accelerator pedal assembly consists of 2 accelerator position sensors. Accelerator position sensors are installed on
accelerator pedal assembly and cannot be repaired. Voltage signal supplied by accelerator pedal position sensors vary
with pedal position. ECM supplies to each accelerator pedal position sensor a 5V reference voltage circuit, a low level
reference voltage circuit and a signal circuit.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Voltage ratio deviation of accelerator position sensor 1 and 2 exceeds the limit.
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
DTC P2138 Inappropriate voltage relativity of accelerator position sensor 1/2
Step
Action
Value (s)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Is “Diagnosis system check-engine control system”
already executed?
Put ignition switch to “OFF” and disconnect the ECM and
accelerator pedal assembly wiring harness plug
connector.
Test whether resistance between pins of reference
voltage circuit between ECM and accelerator pedal
assembly is below 5Ω.
Test whether resistance between pins of signal voltage
circuit between ECM and accelerator pedal assembly is
below 5Ω.
Test whether resistance between signal circuit terminals
of accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2 is infinite.
Check corresponding circuit for failures of open circuit,
over-high resistance and short circuit and repair. Clear
trouble code with malfunction diagnosis instrument and
re-read the trouble code to ensure the failure is cleared.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
-
Yes
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check
diagnostic
system - engine
control system"
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
-
-
-
-
-
-
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.34 DTC P0627 Fuel pump relay circuit open
Circuit description
As long as engine is started or in operation, ECM will supply ignition voltage to fuel pump relay coil side. As long as
engine is started or in operation, ECM will start fuel pump relay and receive ignition system reference pulse. If no ignition
system reference pulse is received, ECM will close fuel pump.
Fuel pump relay control circuit is fitted with a feedback circuit connected to the inside of ECM. ECM determines on the
basis of monitoring voltage whether control circuit is open, short to the bonding circuit or to the voltage. When the
instruction is connected and if ECM detects that control circuit voltage is lower than the predetermined voltage, DTC will
be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Open circuit detected by ECM internal hardware
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
 If ECM wiring harness connection or component wiring harness connector needs to be detected in the test, a
connector should be used to test the adapter assembly.
 If it’s intermittent failure, while monitoring the circuit condition in the output drive module (ODM) data sheet with a
malfunction diagnosis, move related wiring harness and connectors. If there is problem with the circuit or the
connection, circuit condition parameter will change from “OK” to “Fault”.
 See “Intermittent failure” for intermittent failure.
Test description
 The following serial numbers are corresponding with the procedure numbers.
 This procedure ensures that the ECM supplies voltage to fuel pump relay.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0627 Fuel pump relay circuit open
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Did you perform the “Check of diagnostic system - vehicle”?
Additional DTCs may set when using the fuel pump output
control.
1. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
2. With a scan tool, command the fuel pump "ON" and "OFF".
Does the fuel pump relay turn ON and OFF with each
command?
1. Observe the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records" for this DTC.
2. Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
4. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for running the
DTC". You may also operate the vehicle within the
conditions that you observed from the "Freeze
Frame/Failure Records".
Did the DTC fail this ignition?
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the fuel pump relay.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Probe the control circuit of the fuel pump relay with a test
lamp connected to a good ground.
5. Command the fuel pump relay "ON" and "OFF" with a scan
tool.
Does the test lamp turn ON and OFF?
Test the control circuit of the fuel pump relay for a short to
ground.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace fuel pump relay.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECM.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Use a scan tool to clear all DTCs.
2. Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
4. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for running the
DTC". You may also operate the vehicle within the
conditions that you observed from the "Freeze
Frame/Failure Records".
Did the DTC fail this ignition?
Observe the "Capture Info" with a scan tool.
Is there any DTC that has not been diagnosed?
Yes
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
diagnostic system –
vehicle" in "Vehicle
DTC information"
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 4
Go to "Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 9
Go to "DTC list vehicle" in "Vehicle
DTC information"
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.35 DTC P0628 Fuel pump relay circuit short to earth
Circuit description
As long as engine is started or in operation, ECM will supply ignition voltage to fuel pump relay coil side. As long as
engine is started or in operation, ECM will start fuel pump relay and receive ignition system reference pulse. If no ignition
system reference pulse is received, ECM will close fuel pump.
Fuel pump relay control circuit is fitted with a feedback circuit connected to the inside of ECM.ECM determines on the
basis of monitoring voltage whether control circuit is open, short to the bonding circuit or to the voltage. When the
instruction is connected and if ECM detects that control circuit voltage is lower than the predetermined voltage, DTC will
be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Circuit short to earth detected by ECM internal hardware
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
 If ECM wiring harness connection or component wiring harness connector needs to be detected in the test, a
connector should be used to test the adapter assembly.
 If it’s intermittent failure, while monitoring the circuit condition in the output drive module (ODM) data sheet with a
malfunction diagnosis, move related wiring harness and connectors. If there is problem with the circuit or the
connection, circuit condition parameter will change from “OK” to “Fault”.
 See “Intermittent failure” for intermittent failure.
Test description
The following serial numbers are corresponding with the procedure numbers.
This procedure ensure that the ECM supplies voltage to fuel pump relay.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0628 Fuel pump relay circuit short to earth
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Did you perform the “Check of diagnostic system - vehicle”?
Additional DTCs may set when using the fuel pump output control.
1. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
2. With a scan tool, command the fuel pump "ON" and "OFF".
Does the fuel pump relay turn ON and OFF with each command?
1. Observe the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records" for this DTC.
2. Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
4. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for running the
DTC". You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions
that you observed from the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records".
Did the DTC fail this ignition?
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the fuel pump relay.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Probe the control circuit of the fuel pump relay with a test lamp
connected to a good ground.
5. Command the fuel pump relay "ON" and "OFF" with a scan
tool.
Does the test lamp turn ON and OFF?
Test the control circuit of the fuel pump relay for a short to ground.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace fuel pump relay.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECM.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Use a scan tool to clear all DTCs.
2. Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
4. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for running the
DTC". You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions
that you observed from the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records".
Did the DTC fail this ignition?
Observe the "Capture Info" with a scan tool.
Is there any DTC that has not been diagnosed?
Yes
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
diagnostic system –
vehicle" in "Vehicle
DTC information"
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 4
Go to "Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 9
Go to "DTC list vehicle" in
"Vehicle DTC
information"
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.36 DTC P0629 Fuel pump relay circuit short to power
Circuit description
As long as engine is started or in operation, ECM will supply ignition voltage to fuel pump relay coil side. As long as
engine is started or in operation, ECM will start fuel pump relay and receive ignition system reference pulse. If no ignition
system reference pulse is received, ECM will close fuel pump.
Fuel pump relay control circuit is fitted with a feedback circuit connected to the inside of ECM. ECM determines on the
basis of monitoring voltage whether control circuit is open, short to the bonding circuit or to the voltage. When the
instruction is connected and if ECM detects that control circuit voltage is higher than the predetermined voltage, DTC
will be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Circuit short to earth detected by ECM internal hardware
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If there is no fault after 3 continuous driving cycles, the malfunction indicating lamp will be off.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
 If ECM wiring harness connection or component wiring harness connector needs to be detected in the test, a
connector should be used to test the adapter assembly.
 If it’s intermittent failure, while monitoring the circuit condition in the output drive module (ODM) data sheet with a
malfunction diagnosis, move related wiring harness and connectors. If there is problem with the circuit or the
connection, circuit condition parameter will change from “OK” to “Fault”.
 See “Intermittent failure” for intermittent failure.
Test description
The following serial numbers are corresponding with the procedure numbers.
This procedure ensure that the ECM supplies voltage to fuel pump relay.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0629 Fuel pump relay circuit short to power
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Did you perform the "Check of diagnostic system - vehicle"?
Important: Additional DTCs may set when using the fuel pump
output control.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position with the engine
OFF.
2. With a scan tool, command the fuel pump "ON" and "OFF".
Does the fuel pump relay turn ON and OFF with each command?
1. Observe the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records" for this DTC.
2. Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
4. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for running the
DTC". You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions
that you observed from the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records".
Did the DTC fail this ignition?
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the fuel pump relay.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position with the engine
OFF.
4. Probe the control circuit of the fuel pump relay with a test
lamp connected to a good ground.
5. With a scan tool, command the fuel pump "ON" and "OFF".
Does the test lamp turn ON and OFF when commanded?
1. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit of the fuel
pump relay and the ground circuit of the fuel pump relay.
2. With a scan tool, command the fuel pump relay "ON" and
"OFF".
Does the test lamp turn ON and OFF when commanded?
Test the control circuit of the fuel pump relay for a short to voltage
or an open.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Test for shorted terminals and for poor connections at the fuel
pump relay.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Test for shorted terminals and for poor connections at the engine
control module (ECM).
Did you find and correct the condition?
Repair the open ground circuit of the fuel pump relay.
Is the repair complete?
Replace fuel pump relay.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECM.
Is the replacement complete?
1.Use a scan tool to clear all DTCs.
2.Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.
3.Start the engine.
4.Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for running the DTC".
You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you
observed from the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records".
Did the DTC fail this ignition?
Observe the "Capture Info" with a scan tool.
Is there any DTC that has not been diagnosed?
Yes
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
diagnostic system –
vehicle" in "Vehicle
DTC information"
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 4
Go to "Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 12
-
Go to Step 12
-
Go to Step 12
-
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 13
Go to "DTC list vehicle" in
"Vehicle DTC
information"
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.37 DTC P0201 1st cylinder fuel injector circuit open
Circuit description
The two pins connected to the 1st cylinder fuel spray nozzle are respectively 12V supply voltage (main relay terminal pin
ZK10) and the control terminal input (ECU pin B_L4). 1st cylinder fuel spray nozzle in the system is driven by a drive
chip which can realize self diagnosis of driver stage through comparing switching signal from CPU and actual potential
of driver stage output terminal and can also send the fault information to fault diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Open circuit detected by ECM internal hardware
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
The following may cause intermittent situations:
Important note: remove all debris from joint surfaces before repairing components. Check joint gasket before diagnosis
or replacement of components. Ensure the gasket is correctly installed. The gasket can prevent pollutants from entering.
Poor terminal connection-check the wiring harness for loosening terminals, mismatching, damaged keeper,
inappropriate or damaged shape as well as failed connection with the wire. Test whether the tension is suitable with
corresponding matching terminals.
Damaged wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If no wiring harness failure is detected, watch the display
on the scanning instrument while moving connectors and wiring harness related with the sensor.If the display shows
changes, it indicates failure in this section.
Is ECU and engine ground joint reliable and clean? If DTC is determined as intermittent failure, by referring to failure
records the last time when the DTC is set can be determined.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0201 1st cylinder fuel injector circuit open
Step
Action
1.
2
3
4.
5.
6
7
8
9.
Is "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic system"
performed?
1. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating condition.
2. Connect the scanning instrument.
3. Monitor trouble code information with the scanning
instrument.
Is DTC P0201 indicated by the instrument the current
trouble code?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect plug of fuel spray nozzle 1.
3. Turn on the ignition switch.
4. Measure the voltage between wiring harness plug of
1st cylinder fuel spray nozzle (brown/red pin) and the
earth with a multimeter.
Is the measured voltage within specified range?
Connect a test lamp between 1st cylinder fuel spray
nozzle wiring harness plug pin (red line) and the earth.
When battery voltage is normal, can test lamp reach
normal brightness?
Test the fuel spray nozzle. See “Fuel spray nozzle coil
test”.Is the test in line with the specified value?
Check whether 1st cylinder fuel spray nozzle circuit is
short, break, whether there is a high resistance in the
wiring harness and whether there is poor connection
between ECU terminal and fuel spray nozzle terminal
plug pin.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace the fuel spray nozzle.
Is replacement finished?
Replace ECU.
Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions and monitor failure information
with the scanning instrument. Is DTC P0201
indicated by the instrument the current trouble code?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
3.7-.4.4 V
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
11-13 Ω
at 20°C
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.38 DTC P0202 2nd cylinder fuel injector circuit open
Circuit description
The two pins connected to the 2nd cylinder fuel spray nozzle are respectively 12V supply voltage and the control
terminal input (ECU pin B_K4). 2nd cylinder fuel spray nozzle in the system is driven by a drive chip which can realize
self diagnosis of driver stage through comparing switching signal from CPU and actual potential of driver stage output
terminal and can also send the fault information to fault diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Open circuit detected by ECM internal hardware
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
The following may cause intermittent situations:
Important note: remove all debris from joint surfaces before repairing components. Check joint gasket before diagnosis
or replacement of components. Ensure the gasket is correctly installed. The gasket can prevent pollutants from entering.
Poor terminal connection-check the wiring harness for loosening terminals, mismatching, damaged keeper,
inappropriate or damaged shape as well as failed connection with the wire. Test whether the tension is suitable with
corresponding matching terminals.
Damaged wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If no wiring harness failure is detected, watch the display
on the scanning instrument while moving connectors and wiring harness related with the sensor. If the display shows
changes, it indicates failure in this section.
Is ECU and engine ground joint reliable and clean? If DTC is determined as intermittent failure, by referring to failure
records the last time when the DTC is set can be determined.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0202 2nd cylinder fuel injector circuit open
Step
Action
1.
2
3
4.
5.
6
7
8
9.
Is "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic system"
performed?
1. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating condition.
2. connect the scanning instrument.
3. Monitor trouble code information with the scanning
instrument.
Is DTC P0202 indicated by the instrument the current
trouble code?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect plug of fuel spray nozzle 2.
3. Turn on the ignition switch.
4. Measure the voltage between wiring harness plug of
2nd cylinder fuel spray nozzle (blue/red pin) and the
earth with a multimeter. Is the measured voltage
within specified range?
Connect a test lamp between 2nd cylinder fuel spray
nozzle wiring harness plug pin (red line) and the earth.
When battery voltage is normal, can test lamp reach
normal brightness?
See “Fuel spray nozzle coil test”.
Is the test in line with the specified value?
Check whether 2nd cylinder fuel spray nozzle circuit is
short, break, whether there is a high resistance in the
wiring harness and whether there is poor connection
between ECU terminal and fuel spray nozzle terminal
plug pin.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace the fuel spray nozzle.
Is replacement finished?
Replace ECU.
Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions and monitor failure information
with the scanning instrument.
Is DTC P0202 indicated by the instrument the current
trouble code?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
3.7-.4 .4V
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
11-13 Ω at
20°C
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.39 DTC P0203 3rd cylinder fuel injector circuit open
Circuit description
The two pins connected to the 3rd cylinder fuel spray nozzle are respectively 12V supply voltage and the control
terminal input (ECU pin B_M4). 3rd cylinder fuel spray nozzle in the system is driven by a drive chip which can realize
self diagnosis of driver stage through comparing switching signal from CPU and actual potential of driver stage output
terminal and can also send the fault information to fault diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
●
Open circuit detected by ECM internal hardware.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
●
It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
●
Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
●
If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
●
When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
●
Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
The following may cause intermittent situations:
Important note: remove all debris from joint surfaces before repairing components. Check joint gasket before diagnosis
or replacement of components. Ensure the gasket is correctly installed. The gasket can prevent pollutants from entering.
Poor terminal connection-check the wiring harness for loosening terminals, mismatching, damaged keeper,
inappropriate or damaged shape as well as failed connection with the wire. Test whether the tension is suitable with
corresponding matching terminals.
Damaged wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If no wiring harness failure is detected, watch the display
on the scanning instrument while moving connectors and wiring harness related with the sensor. If the display shows
changes, it indicates failure in this section.
Is ECU and engine ground joint reliable and clean? If DTC is determined as intermittent failure, by referring to failure
records the last time when the DTC is set can be determined.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0203 3rd cylinder fuel injector circuit open
Step
Action
1.
2
3
4.
5.
6
7
8
9.
Is "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic system"
performed?
1. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating condition.
2. connect the scanning instrument.
3. Monitor trouble code information with the scanning
instrument.
Is DTC P0203 indicated by the instrument the current
trouble code?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect plug of fuel spray nozzle 3.
3. Turn on the ignition switch.
4. Measure the voltage between wiring harness plug of
3rd cylinder fuel spray nozzle (purple/brown pin) and
the earth with a multimeter.
Is the measured voltage within specified range?
Connect a test lamp between 3rd cylinder fuel spray
nozzle wiring harness plug pin (red line) and the earth.
When battery voltage is normal, can test lamp reach
normal brightness?
Test the fuel spray nozzle. See “Fuel spray nozzle coil
test”. Is the test in line with the specified value?
Check whether 3rd cylinder fuel spray nozzle circuit is
short, break, whether there is a high resistance in the
wiring harness and whether there is poor connection
between ECU terminal and fuel spray nozzle terminal
plug pin.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace the fuel spray nozzle.
Is replacement finished?
Replace ECU.
Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions and monitor failure information
with the scanning instrument.
Is DTC P0203 indicated by the instrument the current
trouble code?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
3.7-4.4 V
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
11-13 Ω
at 20°C
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.40 DTC P0204 4th cylinder fuel injector circuit open
Circuit description
The two pins connected to the 4th cylinder fuel spray nozzle are respectively 12V supply voltage and the control terminal
input (ECU pin B_M3). 4th cylinder fuel spray nozzle in the system is driven by a drive chip which can realize self
diagnosis of driver stage through comparing switching signal from CPU and actual potential of driver stage output
terminal and can also send the fault information to fault diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Open circuit detected by ECM internal hardware.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
The following may cause intermittent situations:
Important note: remove all debris from joint surfaces before repairing components. Check joint gasket before diagnosis
or replacement of components.Ensure the gasket is correctly installed.The gasket can prevent pollutants from entering.
Poor terminal connection - check the wiring harness for loosening terminals, mismatching, damaged keeper,
inappropriate or damaged shape as well as failed connection with the wire. Test whether the tension is suitable with
corresponding matching terminals.
Damaged wiring harness - check if wiring harness is damaged. If no wiring harness failure is detected, watch the display
on the scanning instrument while moving connectors and wiring harness related with the sensor. If the display shows
changes, it indicates failure in this section.
Is ECU and engine ground joint reliable and clean?If DTC is determined as intermittent failure, by referring to failure
records the last time when the DTC is set can be determined.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0204 4th cylinder fuel injector circuit open
Step
Action
1.
2
3
4.
5.
6
7
8
9.
Is "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic system"
performed?
1. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating condition.
2. Connect the scanning instrument.
3. Monitor trouble code information with the scanning
instrument.
Is DTC P0204 indicated by the instrument the current
trouble code?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect plug of fuel spray nozzle 4.
3. Turn on the ignition switch.
4. Measure the voltage between wiring harness plug of
4th cylinder fuel spray nozzle (blue/yellow pin) and
the earth with a multimeter. Is the measured
voltage within specified range?
Connect a test lamp between 4th cylinder fuel spray
nozzle wiring harness plug pin (red line) and the earth.
When battery voltage is normal, can test lamp reach
normal brightness?
Test the fuel spray nozzle. See “Fuel spray nozzle coil
test”. Is the test in line with the specified value?
Check whether 4th cylinder fuel spray nozzle circuit is
short, break, whether there is a high resistance in the
wiring harness and whether there is poor connection
between ECU terminal and fuel spray nozzle terminal
plug pin.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace the fuel spray nozzle.
Is replacement finished?
Replace ECU.
Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions and monitor failure information
with the scanning instrument. Is DTC P0204
indicated by the instrument the current trouble code?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
3.7-4.4 V
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
11-13 Ω
at 20°C
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.41 DTC P0261, P0264, P0267 and P0270 Cylinder 1/2/3/4 fuel injector circuit short to
earth
Circuit description
ECM controls each cylinder fuel injector pulse count. Ignition voltage is supplied to the fuel injector. ECM control of each
injector is realized through making control circuit go through a solid-state device bonding known as actuator. ECM
monitors each actuator state. If voltage of actuator under instruction state detected by the ECM is too low, DTC P0261,
P0264, P0267 and P0270 will be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Circuit short to earth detected by ECM internal hardware
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
The following may cause intermittent situations:
Important note: remove all debris from joint surfaces before repairing components. Check joint gasket before diagnosis
or replacement of components. Ensure the gasket is correctly installed. The gasket can prevent pollutants from entering.
Poor terminal connection-check the wiring harness for loosening terminals, mismatching, damaged keeper,
inappropriate or damaged shape as well as failed connection with the wire. Test whether the tension is suitable with
corresponding matching terminals.
Damaged wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If no wiring harness failure is detected, watch the display
on the scanning instrument while moving connectors and wiring harness related with the sensor. If the display shows
changes, it indicates failure in this section.
Is ECU and engine ground joint reliable and clean? If DTC is determined as intermittent failure, by referring to failure
records the last time when the DTC is set can be determined.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0261, P0264, P0267 and P0270 Cylinder 1/2/3/4 fuel injector circuit short to earth
Step
Action
Yes
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board diagnostic
system?
1. Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTCs.
2. Crank the engine or start the engine.
Are the DTC P0261, P0264, P0267 or P0270 set?
1. Observe the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records" for this DTC.
2. Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.
3. Crank the engine or start the engine.
4. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for running the
DTC". You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions
that you observed from the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records".
Did the DTC fail this ignition?
Turn off the ignition switch and disconnect the multiphase wiring
harness connector of the corresponding fuel injector. Turn on the
ignition switch and carry out a load test between the
corresponding control circuit of fuel injector and the ground. Is the
voltage between 3.4V and 4.4V.
Turn off the ignition switch and measure the resistance between
the corresponding control circuit of fuel injector and the ground.
Check whether the digital multi-meter shows the open loop (OL).
Important: The ECT sensor must be 10-32 °C (50-90 °F) . Test
whether the resistance between the corresponding control circuit
of fuel injector and the ignition voltage circuit of fuel injector is
12-16 Ω.
Measure whether the resistance between the terminals of fuel
injector is 11-13Ω.
Repair the open circuit to ground or short circuit fault condition in
the ignition voltage circuit of the fuel injector.
Is the problem fixed?
Test for a short to ground or an open/too high resistance on the
control circuit of fuel injector. Tests for a short to voltage on the
control circuit of fuel injector.
Repair the short to ground on the control circuit of fuel injector.
Test for an open/too high resistance or a short to ground on the
control circuit of fuel injector. Test for a short between the control
circuit of fuel injector or the ignition voltage circuit of fuel injector.
Test or replace the fuel injector.
Replace the ECM.
1. Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTCs.
2. Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
4. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for running the
DTC". You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions
that you observed from the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records".
Did the DTC fail this ignition?
Check if there is any DTC that has not been diagnosed with a
malfunction diagnosis instrument?
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 14
-
Go to Step 14
-
Go to Step 14
-
Go to Step 14
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 14
-
Go to Step 15
Go to Step 2
Go to "DTC list
- vehicle"
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.42 DTC P0262, P0265, P0268 and P0271 Cylinder 1/2/3/4 fuel injector circuit short to
power
Circuit description
ECM controls each cylinder fuel injector pulse count. Ignition voltage is supplied to the fuel injector. ECM control of each
injector is realized through making control circuit go through a solid-state device bonding known as actuator. ECM
monitors each actuator state. If voltage of actuator under instruction state detected by the ECM is too low, DTC P0262,
P0265, P0268 and P0271 will be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Circuit short to power detected by ECM internal hardware
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
The following may cause intermittent situations:
Important note: remove all debris from joint surfaces before repairing components. Check joint gasket before diagnosis
or replacement of components. Ensure the gasket is correctly installed. The gasket can prevent pollutants from entering.
Poor terminal connection-check the wiring harness for loosening terminals, mismatching, damaged keeper,
inappropriate or damaged shape as well as failed connection with the wire. Test whether the tension is suitable with
corresponding matching terminals.
Damaged wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If no wiring harness failure is detected, watch the display
on the scanning instrument while moving connectors and wiring harness related with the sensor. If the display shows
changes, it indicates failure in this section.
Is ECU and engine ground joint reliable and clean? If DTC is determined as intermittent failure, by referring to failure
records the last time when the DTC is set can be determined.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0262, P0265, P0268 and P0271 Cylinder 1/2/3/4 fuel injector circuit short to power
Step
Action
Yes
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board diagnostic system?
1. Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTCs.
2. Crank the engine or start the engine.
Are the DTC P0262, P 0265, P0268 or P0271 set?
1. Observe the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records" for this DTC.
2. Switch off the ignition for 30 seconds.
3. Crank the engine or start the engine.
4. Operate the vehicle within the "Conditions for running the DTC".
You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you
observed from the "Freeze Frame/Failure Records".
Did the DTC fail this ignition?
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the fuel injector sight shield.
3. Connect the injector test lamp between the control circuit and the
ignition voltage circuit of the fuel injector.
4. Start the engine.
Does the test lamp flash?
Does the test lamp remain illuminated at all times?
Test the control circuit of fuel injector for a short to ground.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Check for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the fuel injector.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the ECM.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Repair the short-to-ground in the ignition voltage circuit of the
odd-numbered fuel injectors.
Is the repair complete?
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to "Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 9
Go to "DTC list vehicle"
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.43 DTC P0300 Repeated misfire, P0301 Misfire 0 (cylinder 1), P0302 Misfire 3 (cylinder
2), P0303 Misfire 1 (cylinder 3), and P0304 Misfire 2 (cylinder 4)
Description:
Misfire refers to the situation that combustion process in the cylinder cannot be interrupted or combustion cannot be
started because ignition energy cannot be effectively released by engine ignition system in the cylinder (failed ignition),
or there is deviation in fuel charge (deviation in gas mixture concentration), or cylinder compression pressure is too low
or due to other reasons. This will lead to the exceeded emission limits or damage of catalyst for overheat. As far as OBD
diagnostic test is concerned, it indicates that the number of misfires has exceeded the specified limit and the system will
take it as fault of misfire.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Engine speed is between 600 ~ 4000 RPM
 Engine load is greater than zero
 Engine temperature is greater than -7.5 ℃
 Atmospheric pressure is greater than 750 hbar
 There is no bad circuit
 Under the above conditions, fire rate is more than rated value.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0300-P0304 Multi-cylinder, cylinder 1, 2, 3 and 4 misfire fault
Step
Action
Leave the vehicle still for some time to let engine water temperature
1
and fuel temperature to fall to room temperature or lower.
Remove the catalyst converter, check the carrier for signs of sintering
2
and reinstall the original converter.
Is the misfire of the system serious without being accidental or
3
misjudgment?
Check whether connection between each cylinder ignition high-tension
wire and the spark plug and ignition coil is loose and whether connector
between ignition high-tension wire and ignition coil is damaged or aging
or short circuit to vehicle body or the engine. Remove the spark plug
4
and check whether there is grease stain, black outlook or carbon
deposit and whether spark plug clearance is normal (the spark plug
shall be of the same specification of the original factory). The above
phenomena may lead to misfire. (Refer to checking methods of ignition
system malfunction).
5
Replace the above fault parts related with the ignition system.
6
Start the engine to see whether engine idling runs stable.
After engine flame-out and ignition switch turned to “ON”, connect
7
malfunction diagnosis instrument and clear related trouble code.
Multiple ways can be used to briefly distinguish misfire phenomenon of
the vehicle. Read freeze frame recorded when misfire occurs by the
malfunction diagnosis instrument and drive the vehicle under the same
operating mode according to related information to see whether misfire
will occur again. When the vehicle steadily accelerates to 4000rpm from
low idle coasting state at gear 3, see whether there is obvious vibration
8
caused by misfire in the acceleration. When the vehicle moves on the
smooth road (it may go with different gear or speed) with constant
speed for some time, see whether the fault lamp blinks. If there is no
blinking, stall the engine and wait for system main relay to be
disconnected and then restart the engine and drive on the smooth road
(it may go with different gear or speed) with constant speed for some
time to see whether the fault lamp will be lit.
If misfire is not caused by the ignition system, fuel injection system fault
9
may be the cause.
Check fuel injector and system fuel pressure (see checking methods of
10
system fuel pressure). If they are normal, check the steam filter and fuel
pump to see whether they function well.
Misfire can be caused by engine fuel channel. Replace related
11
components with fault.
12
Repeat step 8 to see whether fault lamp is lit or blinking.
If engine misfire is not caused by the fuel channel, mechanical state of
13
the engine shall be examined.
14
If there are signs of sintering in the original catalyst converter, replace it.
Yes
No
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 14
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.44 DTC P0325 Knock sensor failure (signal pickup fault)
Description:
Knock sensor is used to detect engine knock. When knock signal (KS) is received by TCM and ECM, ignition timing will
be delayed. KS will generate an alternating voltage signal. Under conditions of no knock, KS circuit signal will assume
the form of an alternating voltage with reference voltage as 0.007V. Amplitude and frequency of KS voltage signal
depends on the intensity of the knock. ECM consists of a non-replaceable knock filter module, that is, the signal and
noise enhancing filter (SNEF) module. Filter module in ECM determines whether there is a knock through comparison of
KS circuit and background noise voltage signal. ECM resists any false knock signal through the normal engine noise
standard of the current noise channel. The normal engine noise varies with engine speed and load. When an unusual
background noise low voltage signal is detected by the ECM.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Circuit short to power detected by ECM internal hardware
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
P0325 Knock sensor failure
Step
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
Action
Is "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic system" performed?
Note: if engine knock is heard, repair engine mechanical failures before
perform this diagnosis.
1. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code operating
condition.
2. For DTC P0325, monitor specific information of the DTC with a
scanning instrument until the test is in operation.
Does the scanning instrument indicate DTC to show failed ignition?
1. Disconnect the ECM and knock sensor.
2. Test whether engine knock sensor circuit is open or short to earth.
Whether faults are detected and repaired?
Check for poor connection of knock sensor circuit terminals. Is failure
detected and resolved?
Replace the knock sensor.
Is replacement finished?
Replace ECU.
Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code operating
conditions and monitor failure information with the scanning
instrument.
Is DTC P0325 indicated by the instrument the current trouble code?
Yes
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
Go to Step 3
Go to "Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 2
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C. 4.45 DTC P0325 knock sensor fault (signal value fault)
Description:
Knock sensor is used to detect engine knock. When knock signal (KS) is received by TCM and ECM, ignition timing will
be delayed. KS will generate an alternating voltage signal. Under conditions of no knock, KS circuit signal will assume
the form of an alternating voltage with reference voltage as 0.007V. Amplitude and frequency of KS voltage signal
depends on the intensity of the knock. ECM consists of a non-replaceable knock filter module, that is, the signal and
noise enhancing filter (SNEF) module. Filter module in ECM determines whether there is a knock through comparison of
KS circuit and background noise voltage signal. ECM resists any false knock signal through the normal engine noise
standard of the current noise channel. The normal engine noise varies with engine speed and load. When an unusual
background noise low voltage signal is detected by the ECM.
Conditions for setting trouble code

Engine water temperature is greater than 65.25 V

Intake flow rate is greater than 202 mg/str

Engine speed is greater than 1504 RPM
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
P0325 knock sensor fault
Step
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
Action
Is "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic system" performed?
Note: if engine knock is heard, repair engine mechanical failures before
perform this diagnosis.
1. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code operating
condition.
2. For DTC P0325, monitor specific information of the DTC with a
scanning instrument until the test is in operation.
Does the scanning instrument indicate DTC to show failed ignition?
1. Disconnect the ECM and knock sensor.
2. Test whether engine knock sensor circuit is open or short to earth.
Whether faults are detected and repaired?
Check for poor connection of knock sensor circuit terminals. Is failure
detected and resolved?
Replace the knock sensor.
Is replacement finished?
Replace ECU.
Is replacement finished?
1.Clear DTC.
2.Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code operating
conditions and monitor failure information with the scanning instrument.
Is DTC P0325 indicated by the instrument the current trouble code?
Yes
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
Go to Step 3
Go to "Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 2
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.46 DTC P0336 Inappropriate/No/Losing synchronization of crankshaft sensor signal
Circuit description
58X(58 teeth deficiency) reference point signal is generated by crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. When the crankshaft
spins, 58X will produce crankshaft pulses to drive the TCM and ECM to calculate engine speed and crankshaft position
with this signal. ECM continuously monitors pulse number on the 58X reference point circuit and compare with camshaft
position sensor signal pulse number received. When ECM receives and detects incorrect pulse number on the 58X
reference point circuit, P0336 trouble code will be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Signal received by ECM does not conform the normal value.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Intermittent pulses may be caused by poor terminal connection, wornout insulant or damaged wire inside the covered
cable. Check:
 Poor terminal connection - check the wiring harness for loosening terminals, mismatching, damaged keeper,
inappropriate or damaged shape as well as failed connection with the wire.
 Damaged wiring harness- Check for damaged wiring harness; if no fault, disconnect ECM and turn on the ignition
switch; move connectors and wires connected with ECM and observe the voltmeter which has been connected to
the ECM wiring harness 58X reference point circuit. Changes on the voltmeter indicate the fault location.
 Review of the mile distance record of the vehicle since diagnosis failure will help determine frequency of the
configuration of the DTC. This will also help with the conditions needed to confirm the diagnosis.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0336 Inappropriate/No/Losing synchronization of crankshaft sensor signal
Step
Action
Value (s)
Yes
1
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
--
Go to Step 2
2
Attempt to start the engine.
Can the engine be started?
--
Go to Step 3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1. Review and record the failure information.
2. Clear the DTC P0336.
3. Start the engine and let it idle for 1 minute.
4. Observe the DTC.
Is the DTC P0336 set?
1. Disconnect the ECM and the crankshaft position
(CKP) sensor.
2. Test the ECM and the CKP circuit interface for an
open or a short to ground.
Did you find the condition?
Repair the open voltage or too low voltage of 58 X
reference circuit between the ECM terminal and the CKP
terminal.
Is the repair complete?
1. Reconnect the ECM and the CKP.
2. Measure pin B_H3 or B_J2 with an OSC and
observe changes of the OSC wave pattern while the
engine is in operation.
Is there sine wave output from the OSC?
Test the interface of crankshaft position sensor and
replace the terminal when necessary.
Is the replacement necessary?
Replace the crankshaft position sensor.
Is the replacement complete?
Test the ECM interface and replace the terminal
when necessary.
Is the replacement necessary?
Replace the ECM.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTC.
2. Start the engine and idle at normal operating
temperature.
3. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for setting
the DTC as specified in the supporting text.
Does the scan tool indicate that the diagnostic has run
and passed?
Test for the additional DTCs that have not been
diagnosed.
Are there any transferred DTCs that have not been
diagnosed?
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
Go to “Engine
crankshaft
idling”
procedure
--
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
--
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
--
Go to Step 11
--
--
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 7
--
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 8
--
Go to Step 11
--
--
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
--
Go to Step 11
--
--
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 2
--
Go to
corresponding
DTC table
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.47 DTC P0315 Flywheel self-adaption cycle time at limit state
Circuit description
58X reference signal is generated by crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. Every circle of the crankshaft generates 58
crankshaft pulses. ECM will calculate engine speed and crankshaft position with the 58X reference signal. ECM
continuously monitors pulse number on the 58X reference circuit and compare it with camshaft position sensor signal
pulse number received. If pulse number on the 58X reference circuit received by the ECM is incorrect, DTC P0315 will
be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Signal received by ECM does not conform the normal value.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Fault code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Intermittent faults may be caused by poor connection, wornout insulant or broken wire inside the covered cable. Check
for the following situations:
 Poor connection- check for poor connection between ECM wiring harness and connectors, broken keeper,
deformed or damaged terminals and poor connection between terminals and wire.
 Damaged wiring harness - check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal, disconnect the
ECM and turn on ignition switch. While moving connectors and wires related with ECM, observe the voltmeter
which has been connected to 58X reference circuit on the ECM wiring harness connector. Changing voltage can
indicate the location of the fault.
 Refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure records”. It will be of help in
determining the occurrence frequency of faults leading to the configuration of this DTC. It’s helpful for the diagnosis
of this fault.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0315: Flywheel self-adaption cycle time at limit state
Step
Action
Value (s)
Yes
1
Perform the “European on-board diagnostic (EOBD)
system Check”.
Is the system check complete?
–
Go to Step 2
2
Try to start the engine.
Can the engine be started?
–
Go to Step 3
–
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
–
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
–
System OK
–
–
Go to Step 7
–
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 2
–
Go to applicable
DTC table
System OK
3
4
5
6
7
8
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Connect the malfunction diagnosis instrument to the
data link connector (DLC).
3. Keep the engine shut and connect the ignition switch.
4. Refer to and record in “Failure Records”.
5. Clear the DTC.
6. Start the engine and run in idle for 1 minute.
Is DTC P0315 set?
1. Remove the crankshaft.
2. Check for appearance and gear problems of the
crankshaft.
Is any problem detected?
Replace the crankshaft.
Is replacement finished?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Replace the ECM.
Is replacement finished?
1. DTC can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis
instrument.
2. Start the engine and idle at normal working
temperature.
3. In the state of running DTC, handle the vehicle.
Is it indicated on the malfunction diagnosis instrument
that the diagnosis is running and passed?
Check whether other DTC is set.
Is there any DTC that has not been diagnosed?
No
Go to "Check of
on-board
diagnostic
system"
Refer to “Engine
rotates, but not
runs”
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.48 DTC P0373 Incorrect signal/signal cycle of crankshaft teeth
Circuit description
58X reference signal is generated by crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. Every circle of the crankshaft generates 58
crankshaft pulses. ECM will calculate engine speed and crankshaft position with the 58X reference signal. ECM
continuously monitors pulse number on the 58X reference circuit and compare it with camshaft position sensor signal
pulse number received. If pulse number on the 58X reference circuit received by the ECM is incorrect, P0373 will be
configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Signal received by ECM does not conform the normal value.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely,trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Intermittent faults may be caused by poor connection, wornout insulant or broken wire inside the covered cable. Check
for the following situations:
 Poor connection- check for poor connection between ECM wiring harness and connectors, broken keeper,
deformed or damaged terminals and poor connection between terminals and wire.
 Damaged wiring harness - check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal, disconnect the
ECM and turn on ignition switch. While moving connectors and wires related with ECM, observe the voltmeter
which has been connected to 58X reference circuit on the ECM wiring harness connector. Changing voltage can
indicate the location of the fault.
 Refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure records”. It will be of help in
determining the occurrence frequency of faults leading to the configuration of this DTC. It’s helpful for the diagnosis
of this fault.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0373 Incorrect signal of crankshaft teeth
Step
Action
Value (s)
Yes
1
Perform the “European on-board diagnostic (EOBD)
system Check”.
Is the system check complete?
–
Go to Step 2
2
Try to start the engine.
Can the engine be started?
–
Go to Step 3
–
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
–
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
–
System OK
–
–
Go to Step 7
–
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 2
–
Go to applicable
DTC table
System OK
3
4
5
6
7
8
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Connect the malfunction diagnosis instrument to the
data link connector (DLC).
3. Keep the engine shut and connect the ignition switch.
4. Refer to and record in “Failure Records”.
5. Clear the DTC.
6. Start the engine and run in idle for 1 minute.
Is DTC P0373 set?
1. Remove the crankshaft.
2. Check for appearance and gear problems of the
crankshaft.
Is any problem detected?
Replace the crankshaft.
Is replacement finished?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Replace the ECM.
Is replacement finished?
1. DTC can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis
instrument.
2. Start the engine and idle at normal working
temperature.
3. In the state of running DTC, handle the vehicle.
Is it indicated on the malfunction diagnosis instrument
that the diagnosis is running and passed?
Check whether other DTC is set.
Is there any DTC that has not been diagnosed?
No
Go to "Check of
on-board
diagnostic
system"
Refer to “Engine
rotates, but not
runs”
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.49 DTC P0341 Inappropriate intake camshaft position sensor signal / intake camshaft
position sensor signal cycle out-of-limit / intake camshaft position sensor with problematic
sysnchronization
Circuit description
Camshaft position sensor can be used to monitor and link the crankshaft with the camshaft for ECM to judge which
cylinder to inject fuel. For each crankshaft position, polarity of camshaft position sensor signal can only be changed
once.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 The camshaft tooth’s cycle is less than 0.5ms.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 After 40 constant touble-free warming-up cycles, remove the trouble.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check and confirm unusual background noises with a diagnosis instrument.
Factors that are suspected of causing engine noise can be fully summarized as follows:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper
 Deformed terminal;
 Damaged terminal;
 Poor connection between wire and terminal;
 Physical damage of wiring harness.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0341 Inappropriate intake camshaft position sensor signal
Step
Action
Value (s)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
2. Disconnect the camshaft position sensor terminal.
3. Test for the misconnection of terminals and pins.
Did you find a problem?
1. Turn ON the ignition.
2. Disconnect the ECM terminal.
3. Check for the bent ECM pins and terminals or the
damaged pins.
4. When related terminals and wire are in the
connected state, check whether wires between B_
C3, B_ M2 and B_L1 of corresponding wiring
harness of camshaft position sensor are open, short
to earth or power.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
2. Repair or replace the wires or terminals.
3. Clear the DTCs on the ECM.
4. Run the engine.
5. Complete the check of the diagnostic system.
Is the preparation complete?
1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
2. Replace the camshaft position sensor.
3. Clear all the DTCs on the ECM.
4. Run the engine.
5. Complete the check of the diagnostic system.
Is the DTCP0341 reset?
1. Replace the ECM.
2. Run the engine.
3. Complete the check of the diagnostic system.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Use the scan tool to clear the DTC.
2. Start the engine and allow it to idle at the normal
operating temperature.
3. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for setting
the DTC as specified in the supporting text.
Does the scan tool indicate that this diagnostic has run
and passed?
Test for the additional DTCs that have not been
diagnosed.
Are there any transferred DTCs that have not been
diagnosed?
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
--
Go to Step 2
--
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
--
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
--
System OK
--
--
System OK
Go to Step 6
--
Go to Step 7
--
--
Go to Step 8
--
--
Go to
corresponding
DTC table
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.50 DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354 ignition coil 1 open circuit/ignition coil 2 open
circuit/ignition coil 3 open circuit/ignition coil 4 open circuit
Circuit description
ECM provides ground connection for the electronic ignition timing. When the grounded circuit of primary ignition coil is
cut off by ECM, the magnetic field generated by the coil will disappear. In the disappearing process of the magnetic field,
voltage will be generated in secondary coil which will drive spark plug to strike sparks. Monitor circuit between ECM and
the electronic ignition system to see whether it’s open, or short to voltage or low voltage.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Open circuit detected by ECM internal hardware
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Before using the diagnosis instrument, check and eliminate abnormal engine noises. Thorough check of the suspicious
circuit reported to have caused engine noise shall be conducted to see whether there are the following situations:
 Terminals come off.
 Mismatch;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformation;
 Damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire
 There is substantive damage of wiring harness.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354 Ignition coil circuit open
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Perform the "Check of European on-board diagnostic
(EOBD) system".
Is the system check complete?
Check for a faulty connection or a damaged Terminal at
the ignition coil.
Did you find a problem?
Check for a faulty connection or a damaged Terminal at
the ECM connector.
Did you find a problem?
1. Turn the ignition to the LOCK position
2. Disconnect the ECM.
3. Check the ignition control circuit for a short to ground.
Did you find a problem?
Check the ignition control circuit for a short to battery
voltage.
Did you find a problem?
Check for an open in the ignition control circuit.
Did you find a problem?
Replace the ECM.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTC.
2. Start the engine and allow it to idle at the normal
operating temperature.
3. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for setting
the DTC as specified in the supporting test.
Does the scan tool indicate that the diagnostic has run
and passed?
Check if any additional DTCs are set.
Are any DTCs displayed that have not been diagnosed?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
on-board
diagnostic
system"
–
Go to Step 2
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 3
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 4
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 5
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 6
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
–
Go to Step 8
–
–
Go to Step 9
–
–
Go to applicable
DTC table
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.51 DTC P2300, P02303, P02306, P2309 1 cylinder/2 cylinder /3 cylinder/4 cylinder
ignition coil short to earth
Circuit description
ECM provides ground connection for the electronic ignition timing. When the grounded circuit of primary ignition coil is
cut off by ECM, the magnetic field generated by the coil will disappear. In the disappearing process of the magnetic field,
voltage will be generated in secondary coil which will drive spark plug to strike sparks. Monitor circuit between ECM and
the electronic ignition system to see whether it’s open, or short to voltage and power.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Open circuit detected by ECM internal hardware.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Before using the diagnosis instrument, check and eliminate abnormal engine noises. Thorough check of the suspicious
circuit reported to have caused engine noise shall be conducted to see whether there are the following situations:
 Terminals come off.
 Mismatch;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformation;
 Damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
 There is substantive damage of wiring harness.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P2300, P02303, P02306, P2309 1 cylinder/2 cylinder /3 cylinder/4cylinder ignition coil short to earth
Step
Action
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
Perform the "Check of European on-board diagnostic
on-board
1
(EOBD) system".
–
Go to Step 2
diagnostic
Is the system check complete?
system"
Check for a faulty connection or a damaged Terminal at
2
the ignition coil.
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 3
Did you find a problem?
Check for a faulty connection or a damaged Terminal at
3
the ECM connector.
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 4
Did you find a problem?
1. Turn the ignition to the LOCK position
2. Disconnect the ECM.
4
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 5
3. Check the ignition control circuit for a short to ground.
Did you find a problem?
Check the ignition control circuit for a short to battery
5
voltage.
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 6
Did you find a problem?
Check for an open in the ignition control circuit.
6
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
Did you find a problem?
Replace the ECM.
7
–
Go to Step 8
–
Is the replacement complete?
1. Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTC.
2. Start the engine and allow it to idle at the normal
operating temperature.
8
3. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for setting
–
Go to Step 9
–
the DTC as specified in the supporting test.
Does the scan tool indicate that the diagnostic has run
and passed?
Check if any additional DTCs are set.
Go to applicable
9
–
System OK
Are any DTCs displayed that have not been diagnosed?
DTC table
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.52 DTC P2301, P02304, P02307, P2310 1 cylinder/2 cylinder /3 cylinder/4 cylinder
ignition coil short to power
Circuit description
ECM provides ground connection for the electronic ignition timing. When the grounded circuit of primary ignition coil is
cut off by ECM, the magnetic field generated by the coil will disappear. In the disappearing process of the magnetic field,
voltage will be generated in secondary coil which will drive spark plug to strike sparks. Monitor circuit between ECM and
the electronic ignition system to see whether it’s open, or short to voltage and power.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Open circuit detected by ECM internal hardware.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Before using the diagnosis instrument, check and eliminate abnormal engine noises. Thorough check of the suspicious
circuit reported to have caused engine noise shall be conducted to see whether there are the following situations:
 Terminals come off.
 Mismatch;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformation;
 Damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
 There is substantive damage of wiring harness.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P2301, P02304, P02307, P2310 1 cylinder/2 cylinder /3 cylinder/4cylinder ignition coil short to power
Step
Action
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
Perform the "Check of European on-board diagnostic
on-board
1
(EOBD) system".
–
Go to Step 2
diagnostic
Is the system check complete?
system"
Check for a faulty connection or a damaged Terminal at
2
the ignition coil.
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 3
Did you find a problem?
Check for a faulty connection or a damaged Terminal at
3
the ECM connector.
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 4
Did you find a problem?
1. Turn the ignition to the LOCK position
2. Disconnect the ECM.
4
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 5
3. Check the ignition control circuit for a short to ground.
Did you find a problem?
Check the ignition control circuit for a short to battery
5
voltage.
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 6
Did you find a problem?
Check for an open in the ignition control circuit.
6
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
Did you find a problem?
Replace the ECM.
7
–
Go to Step 8
–
Is the replacement complete?
1. Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTC.
2. Start the engine and allow it to idle at the normal
operating temperature.
8
3. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for setting
–
Go to Step 9
–
the DTC as specified in the supporting test.
Does the scan tool indicate that the diagnostic has run
and passed?
Check if any additional DTCs are set.
Go to applicable
9
–
System OK
Are any DTCs displayed that have not been diagnosed?
DTC table
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.53 DTC P0420 Low catalyst conversion efficiency
Circuit description
The three-way catalyst (TWC) is used to control the emission of hydrocarbon (HC), CO and Nox.Catalyzer in the
converter can facilitate the oxidation of HC and CO in the exhaust gas and convert them into harmless water vapor and
CO2. NOx can also be reduced by converting it into nitrogen. The converter can also store oxygen. ECM can monitor
this process with the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) in the exhaust gas flow which goes through the TWC. The heated
oxygen sensor (HO2S) will generate an output signal indicating the oxygen storage capability of the catalyzer. This
further shows the capability of effective exhaust gas conversion of the catalyzer. ECM will first wait for the catalyzer to
be heated and wait until the stable state while idling; then it will monitor reaction of the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S)
and at the same time increase and reduce fuel supply in order to monitor catalyzer efficiency. When the catalyzer
functions well, the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) reacts slower to additional fuel than the oxygen sensor (O2S). When
their reactions are comparatively the same, oxygen storage capability or efficiency of the catalyzer is comparatively low,
and malfunction lamp will be lit.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Average ratio between flow and limit value of catalyst downstream oxygen ＞ 1;




Engine water temperature > 80 ℃
Vehicle speed is between 53 and 83 km/h.
Flow rate of air intake is between 100 and 240 mg/strk;
Model temperature of catalyst is between 500 and 750 ℃
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Catalyzer test may stop with changes in engine load. Engine load (i.e. AC, cooling fan or heater motor) shall not be
changed during catalyzer test. Intermittent faults may be caused by poor connection, wornout insulant or broken wire
inside the covered cable. Thorough check of the suspicious circuit reported to have caused Intermittent faults shall be
conducted to see whether there are the following situations:
 Terminals come off.
 Mismatch;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformation;
 Damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0420 - Low catalyst conversion efficiency
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Perform “Diagnosis system check-engine control system”.
Is check finished?
1. Connect malfunction diagnosis instrument
2. Turn on the ignition switch.
Is component DTC set?
Visual check the following components:
Exhaust system leakage;
Back oxygen sensor (HO2S);
Is any problem detected?
If necessary, repair the exhaust system.
Is the reparation work finished?
Replace the TWC. See “Replacement of catalyst converter” in
“Engine exhaust system”.
Is the reparation work finished?
1. DTC can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis
instrument.
2. start the engine and idle at normal working temperature.
3. Operate the vehicle in accordance with descriptions in
setting conditions of DTC.
Is it indicated on the malfunction diagnosis instrument that the
diagnosis is running and passed?
Check whether other DTC is set.
Is any undiagnosed DTC displayed?
Yes
Go to Step 2
No
Go to “Diagnosis
system check-engine
control system”.
Go to “DTC List”.
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 2
Go to “DTC List”.
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.54 DTC P0444 Canister control valve circuit open
Circuit description
The two pins connected to the canister control valve (EVAP) are respectively 12V main relay power supply （ZK9）and
the control terminal (ECU pin B_Q3).
EVAP driver stage is controlled by a drive chip which can realize self diagnosis of driver stage through comparing
switching signal from CPU and actual potential of driver stage output terminal and can also send the fault information to
fault diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Break circuit is found in ECM internal circuit.
 PMW output is between 3.125% and 98.8%.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
1. ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector exists:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
2. Incorrect arrangement of wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
disconnect ECU and EVAP and connect the ignition switch. Observe the voltmeter connected between EVAP
terminal of canister solenoid control circuit and ECU terminal while moving connectors and wiring harness related
with canister solenoid. If the voltage varies, it indicates fault in this section.
Refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure records”. It will be of help in
determining the occurrence frequency of faults resulting in the configuration of this DTC. This is helpful to the
diagnosis of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0444 Canister control valve circuit open
Step
Action
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running
the DTC.
2.
Connect a scan tool.
3.
Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0444 is
current?
With a scan tool, command the purge solenoid for
activation.
Does the purge solenoid respond with each command?
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2.
Disconnect the canister solenoid.
3.
Turn ON the ignition.
4.
Connect a test lamp between the EVAP wire
connector 1 pin and the ground.
Does the test lamp reach the normal brightness when the
battery voltage is normal?
1.
Turn ON the ignition.
2.
Use a multi-meter to detect the voltage between the
ECU control circuit of the second pin of canister
solenoid wiring harness connector and the ground.
Is the voltage at the specified value?
Test the EVAP control circuit for a short to ground.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Check the EVAP wiring harness for a short to ground, a
short to power supply, an open or high resistance. Check
for the poor contact of pins at EVAP and ECU end.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Replace the purge solenoid. Is the replacement
complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1.
Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2.
Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Is the DTC reset?
Value (s)
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 4
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
About 2.5V
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 10
-
-
Go to Step 10
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.55 DTC P0458 Canister control valve circuit short to earth
Circuit description
Two pins connected with canister control valve are 12V main relay power supply（ZK9）and the control terminal (ECU pin
B_Q3).
Canister control valve is controlled by driver chip. The chip realizes the self diagnosis of drive stage by comparing the
switch signal of CPU and the actual electric potential of output end of drive stage, and can send the diagnosis
information to the fault diagnosis module inside CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 A circuit short to earth has been found in ECM internal circuit;

PMW output ＜ 98.8%
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
1. ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector exists:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
2. Incorrect arrangement of wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
disconnect ECU and EVAP and connect the ignition switch. Observe the voltmeter connected between EVAP
terminal of canister solenoid control circuit and ECU terminal while moving connectors and wiring harness related
with canister solenoid. If the voltage varies, it indicates fault in this section.
Refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure records”. It will be of help in
determining the occurrence frequency of faults resulting in the configuration of this DTC. This is helpful to the
diagnosis of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0458 Canister control valve circuit short to earth
Step
Action
1
2
3.
4
5
6
7
8
9
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
1. Operate on the vehicle in accordance with trouble
code operating condition.
2. Connect malfunction diagnosis instrument
3. Monitor trouble code information with the instrument.
Is it the current trouble code if the instrument indicates
DTC P0458?
Instruct purging solenoid to act through the malfunction
diagnosis instrument. Does the purging solenoid respond
to each instruction?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the canister solenoid.
3. Turn on the ignition switch.
4. Connect a test lamp between EVAP line trap pin 1
and the earth. When battery voltage is normal, can
test lamp reach normal brightness?
1. Turn on the ignition switch.
2. Measure voltage between canister ECU control
circuit of pin 2 of solenoid wiring harness plug and
the earth with a multimeter.
Is the voltage detected in line with the specified value?
Test whether EVAP control circuit is short to earth or
power.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Test whether EVAP wiring harness is short to earth or
power, open or with high resistance. Check for poor
connection between EVAP and ECU terminal plug pin.
Is problem detected and resolved?
Replace purging solenoid.
Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC with malfunction diagnosis instrument.
2. Monitor the DTC with the diagnosis instrument. Is
DTC reset?
Value (s)
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 4
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
About 2.5V
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.56 DTC P0459 Canister control valve circuit short to power
Circuit description
The two pins connected to the canister control valve (EVAP) are respectively 12V main relay power supply （ZK9）and
the control terminal (ECU pin B_NQ3).
EVAP driver stage is controlled by a drive chip which can realize self diagnosis of driver stage through comparing
switching signal from CPU and actual potential of driver stage output terminal and can also send the fault information to
fault diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 A circuit short to power has been found in ECM internal circuit;
 PMW output ＞3.125%
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
5. ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector exists:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper；

Deformed or damaged terminal；

6.
Poor connection of terminal with the wire；
Incorrect arrangement of wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
disconnect ECU and EVAP and connect the ignition switch. Observe the voltmeter connected between EVAP
terminal of canister solenoid control circuit and ECU terminal while moving connectors and wiring harness related
with canister solenoid. If the voltage varies, it indicates fault in this section.
Refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure records”. It will be of help in
determining the occurrence frequency of faults resulting in the configuration of this DTC. This is helpful to the
diagnosis of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0459 Canister control valve circuit short to power
Step
Action
1
2
3.
4
5
6
7
8
9
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
1. Operate on the vehicle in accordance with trouble
code operating condition.
2. Connect malfunction diagnosis instrument
3. Monitor trouble code information with the instrument.
Is it the current trouble code if the instrument indicates
DTC P0459?
Instruct purging solenoid to act through the malfunction
diagnosis instrument.
Does the purging solenoid respond to each instruction?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the canister solenoid.
3. Turn on the ignition switch.
4. Connect a test lamp between EVAP line trap pin 1
and the earth. When battery voltage is normal, can
test lamp reach normal brightness?
1. Turn on the ignition switch.
2. Measure voltage between canister ECU control
circuit of pin 2 of solenoid wiring harness plug and
the earth with a multimeter.
Is the voltage detected in line with the specified value?
Test whether EVAP control circuit is short to earth or
power. Is failure detected and resolved?
Test whether EVAP wiring harness is short to earth or
power, open or with high resistance. Check for poor
connection between EVAP and ECU terminal plug pin.
Is problem detected and resolved?
Replace purging solenoid. Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC with malfunction diagnosis instrument.
2. Monitor the DTC with the diagnosis instrument. Is
DTC reset?
Value (s)
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 4
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
About 2.5V
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.57 DTC P0691 Cooling fan relay 1 circuit open or short to earth
Circuit description
The 4 pins connected to the cooling fan relay are respectively the 12V power supply terminal, main relay power supply,
control terminal (ECU pin B_L3) and fan terminal.
The drive chip of the cooling fan relay can realize self diagnosis of driver stage through comparing switching signal from
CPU and actual potential of driver stage output terminal and can also send the fault information to fault diagnostic
module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 An open or short circuit to earth is found in ECM internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector has the following phenomena:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
Incorrect arrangement of wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
disconnect the ECM and turn on ignition switch. While moving connectors and wires related of fan relay, observe the
voltmeter connected to the ECU wiring harness between driver circuit of fan relay and the earth. If the voltage varies, it
indicates location of the fault. Refer to the distance recorded in “Freeze Frame/ Failure Records” since the last failed
diagnosis. It will help determine the formation frequency of DTC setting conditions.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0691 Cooling fan relay 1 circuit open or short to earth
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
1. Stop the engine and turn on the ignition switch.
2. Instruct the connection and disconnection of cooling
fan relay 1 through a scanning instrument.
Does the relay perform every instruction of “Connect” and
“Disconnect”?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the relay, turn on the ignition switch but
do not start the engine.
3. Check the supply terminal with a well-grounded test
lamp. Is the test lamp lit?
1. connect a test lamp between relay control circuit ans
the supply terminal.
2. Instruct the connection and disconnection of the relay
with a scanning instrument.
Can every instruction turn on or off the test lamp?
Check whether relay circuit is short, break, whether there
is a high resistance in the wiring harness and whether
there is poor connection between ECU terminal and relay
terminal plug pin.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace the relay. Is replacement finished?
Replace ECU. Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions and monitor failure information
with the scanning instrument.
Is DTC P0691 indicated by the instrument the current
trouble code?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.58 DTC P0692 Cooling fan relay 1 circuit short to power
Circuit description
The 4 pins connected to the cooling fan relay are respectively the 12V power supply terminal, main relay power supply,
control terminal (ECU pin B_L3) and fan terminal.
The drive chip of the cooling fan relay can realize self diagnosis of driver stage through comparing switching signal from
CPU and actual potential of driver stage output terminal and can also send the fault information to fault diagnostic
module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 A circuit short to power is found in ECM internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector has the following phenomena:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
Incorrect arrangement of wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
disconnect the ECM and turn on ignition switch. While moving connectors and wires related of fan relay, observe the
voltmeter connected to the ECU wiring harness between driver circuit of fan relay and the earth. If the voltage varies, it
indicates location of the fault.Refer to the distance recorded in “Freeze Frame/ Failure Records” since the last failed
diagnosis. It will help determine the formation frequency of DTC setting conditions.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0692 Cooling fan relay 1 circuit short to power
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
1. Stop the engine and turn on the ignition switch.
2. Instruct the connection and disconnection of cooling
fan relay 1 through a scanning instrument. Does
the relay perform every instruction of “Connect” and
“Disconnect”?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the relay, turn on the ignition switch but
do not start the engine.
3. Check the supply terminal with a well-grounded test
lamp.
Is the test lamp lit?
1. connect a test lamp between relay control circuit ans
the supply terminal.
2. Instruct the connection and disconnection of the relay
with a scanning instrument.
Can every instruction turn on or off the test lamp?
Check whether relay circuit is short, break, whether there
is a high resistance in the wiring harness and whether
there is poor connection between ECU terminal and relay
terminal plug pin.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace the relay.
Is replacement finished?
Replace ECU.
Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions and monitor failure information
with the scanning instrument.
Is DTC P0692 indicated by the instrument the current
trouble code?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.59 DTC P0693 Cooling fan relay 2 circuit open or short to earth
Circuit description
The 4 pins connected to the cooling fan relay 2 (controlling the AC condenser fan) are respectively the 12V power
supply terminal, main relay power supply, control terminal (ECU pin B_J3) and fan terminal.
The drive chip of the cooling fan relay can realize self diagnosis of driver stage through comparing switching signal from
CPU and actual potential of driver stage output terminal and can also send the fault information to fault diagnostic
module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 An open or short circuit to earth is found in ECM internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector has the following phenomena:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
Incorrect arrangement of wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
disconnect the ECM and turn on ignition switch. While moving connectors and wires related of fan relay, observe the
voltmeter connected to the ECU wiring harness between driver circuit of fan relay and the earth. If the voltage varies, it
indicates location of the fault. Refer to the distance recorded in “Freeze Frame/ Failure Records” since the last failed
diagnosis. It will help determine the formation frequency of DTC setting conditions.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0693 Cooling fan relay 2 circuit open or short to earth
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
1. Stop the engine and turn on the ignition switch.
2. Instruct the connection and disconnection of cooling
fan relay 2 through a scanning instrument. Does
the relay perform every instruction of “Connect” and
“Disconnect”?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the relay, turn on the ignition switch but
do not start the engine.
3. Check the supply terminal with a well-grounded test
lamp. Is the test lamp lit?
1. Connect a test lamp between relay control circuit ans
the supply terminal.
2. Instruct the connection and disconnection of the relay
with a scanning instrument.
Can every instruction turn on or off the test lamp?
Check whether relay circuit is short, break, whether there
is a high resistance in the wiring harness and whether
there is poor connection between ECU terminal and relay
terminal plug pin.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace the relay.
Is replacement finished?
Replace ECU. Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions and monitor failure information
with the scanning instrument.
Is DTC P0693 indicated by the instrument the current
trouble code?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.60 DTC P0694 Cooling fan relay 2 circuit short to power
Circuit description
The 4 pins connected to the cooling fan relay 2 (controlling the AC condenser fan) are respectively the 12V power
supply terminal, main relay power supply, control terminal (ECU pin B_J3) and fan terminal.
The drive chip of the cooling fan relay can realize self diagnosis of driver stage through comparing switching signal from
CPU and actual potential of driver stage output terminal and can also send the fault information to fault diagnostic
module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 A circuit short to power is found in ECM internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector has the following phenomena:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
Incorrect arrangement of wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
disconnect the ECM and turn on ignition switch. While moving connectors and wires related of fan relay, observe the
voltmeter connected to the ECU wiring harness between driver circuit of fan relay and the earth. If the voltage varies, it
indicates location of the fault. Refer to the distance recorded in “Freeze Frame/ Failure Records” since the last failed
diagnosis. It will help determine the formation frequency of DTC setting conditions.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0694 Cooling fan relay 2 circuit short to power
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
1. Stop the engine and turn on the ignition switch.
2. Instruct the connection and disconnection of cooling
fan relay 2 through a scanning instrument. Does the
relay perform every instruction of “Connect” and
“Disconnect”?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the relay, turn on the ignition switch but
do not start the engine.
3. Check the supply terminal with a well-grounded test
lamp. Is the test lamp lit?
1. connect a test lamp between relay control circuit ans
the supply terminal.
2. Instruct the connection and disconnection of the relay
with a scanning instrument.
Can every instruction turn on or off the test lamp?
Check whether relay circuit is short, break, whether there
is a high resistance in the wiring harness and whether
there is poor connection between ECU terminal and relay
terminal plug pin.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace the relay. Is replacement finished?
Replace ECU. Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions and monitor failure information
with the scanning instrument.
Is DTC P0694 indicated by the instrument the current
trouble code?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 8
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.61 DTC P0500 Inappropriate vehicle speed sensor signal
Circuit description
Vehicle speed sensor is an electromagnetic sensor. ECU pin B_D1 is vehicle speed sensor terminal. ECU will convert
frequency signal produced by vehicle speed sensor to vehicle speed signal. If engine is under a certain load and at a
certain speed and vehicle speed is low, DTC P0500 will be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Engine coolant temperature＞0℃

Engine speed＞2000rpm

Air inflow of intake manifold ＞202mg/str
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0500 Inappropriate vehicle speed sensor signal
Step
Action
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Operate on the vehicle in accordance with trouble
code operating condition.
2.
Connect malfunction diagnosis instrument
3.
Monitor trouble code information with the
instrument. Is it the current trouble code if the
instrument indicates DTC P0500?
1.
Shut the ignition switch.
2.
Disconnect the vehicle speed sensor.
3.
Turn on the ignition switch without starting the
engine.
4.
Check supply circuit of vehicle speed sensor with a
test lamp. Is the test lamp lit?
Check bonding circuit of vehicle speed sensor with a test
lamp. Is the test lamp lit?
Check whether vehicle speed sensor wiring harness is
short to power and bonding, or open circuit, or whether
resistance is too high. Check for poor connection
between vehicle speed sensor terminal and ECU
terminal plug pin. Is failure detected and resolved?
1. Remove the vehicle speed sensor and connect the
wiring harness plug.
2. Test voltage between VSS wiring harness plug 1 pin
and the earth with a multimeter.
3. When VSS is close to iron, the voltage should be 0V,
and when it’s away from iron, the voltage should be
12V. Is the detected value in line with this?
Check whether VSS signal wheel is damaged or
unproperly installed. Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace or reinstall the signal wheel. Is replacement
finished?
Replace the VSS. Is replacement finished?
Replace ECU. Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC with malfunction diagnosis instrument.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating condition.
Is trouble code reset?
Value (s)
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 9
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
-
Go to Step 11
-
-
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 11
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.62 DTC P0537 Air conditioning evaporator temperature sensor short to earth
Circuit description
There are two pins connected to the air conditioning evaporator temperature sensor, namely, sensor signal terminal
(ECU pin B_G1) and sensor ground (ECU pin A_E3).
The drive chip of the air conditioning evaporator temperature sensor can realize self diagnosis of driver stage through
comparing switching signal from CPU and actual potential of driver stage output terminal and can also send the fault
information to fault diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 1.Engine coolant temperature is higher than 0℃.
 2. Voltage of air conditioning compressor temperature sensor is less than 0.75V
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
‘
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
 ECU poor connection - Check wiring harness connectors.
 Incorrect arrangement of wiring harness - check if wiring harness is damaged.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0537 Air conditioning evaporator temperature sensor short to earth
Step
Action
Value (s)
1
2
3.
4
5
6
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
1. Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the A/C evaporative temperature sensor.
Turn the ignition to ON without starting the engine.
3. Probe the power supply end of the A/C evaporative
temperature sensor with a test lamp that is
connected to a good ground. Is the test lamp ON?
Test whether the voltage between the AC evaporative
temperature signal wire and the supply terminal is at low
level.
Replace the A/C evaporative temperature sensor.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions and monitor failure information
with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Is DTC P0537 indicated by the instrument the current
trouble code?
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 4
System OK
-
Go to Step 6
-
-
Go to Step 6
-
-
Go to Step 2
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.63 DTC P0538 Air conditioning evaporator temperature sensor circuit short to power
or open
Circuit description
There are two pins connected to the air conditioning evaporator temperature sensor, namely, sensor signal terminal
(ECU pin B_G1) and sensor ground (ECU pin A_E3).
The drive chip of the air conditioning evaporator temperature sensor can realize self diagnosis of driver stage through
comparing switching signal from CPU and actual potential of driver stage output terminal and can also send the fault
information to fault diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
●
1. Engine coolant temperature is more than 0℃
●
2. Voltage of air conditioning compressor temperature sensor is more than 4.87V
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
●
It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
●
Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
●
When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
●
Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
●
ECU poor connection - Check wiring harness connectors.
●
Incorrect arrangement of wiring harness - check if wiring harness is damaged.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0538 Air conditioning evaporator temperature sensor circuit short to power or open
Step
Action
Value (s)
Yes
1
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 4
System OK
-
Go to Step 6
-
-
Go to Step 6
-
-
Go to Step 2
System OK
1.
2.
2
3.
4
5
6
Turn OFF the ignition switch.
Disconnect the A/C evaporative temperature sensor.
Turn the ignition to ON without starting the engine.
3. Probe the power supply end of the A/C evaporative
temperature sensor with a test lamp that is
connected to a good ground. Is the test lamp ON?
Test whether the voltage between the AC evaporative
temperature signal wire and the supply terminal is at low
level.
Replace the A/C evaporative temperature sensor.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions and monitor failure information
with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Is DTC P0538 indicated by the instrument the current
trouble code?
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.64 DTC P0645 A/C compressor relay circuit open
Description:
The four pins connected with the A/C compressor relay respectively are the 12V constant power supply terminal, 12V
main relay power supply, control signal terminal (connecting ECU pin B_N2) and A/C compressor electromagnetic
clutch supply terminal.
A/C compressor relay is driven by a drive chip which can realize self diagnosis of the internal circuit through comparing
switching signal from CPU and actual potential of ECU output terminal and can also send the fault information to fault
diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 An open circuit is found in the module’s internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Intermittent faults may be caused by poor connection, wornout insulant or broken wire inside the covered cable. Check
for the following situations:
1. Poor connection of ECU or fuel pump relay - Check the wiring harness connectors:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken locking plate;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
2. Wire harness is damaged – check if the wire harness is damaged. See the vehicle mileage in the recorded data of
faultafter the last diagnosis failure to determine the occurrence frequency of self-diagnosis trouble code, which
helps to diagnose such situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0645 A/C compressor relay circuit open
Step
Action
1.
Is "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic system"
performed?
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Connect malfunction diagnosis instrument
Operate on the vehicle in accordance with trouble
code operating condition.
3. Monitor trouble code information with the instrument.
If DTCP0645 is displayed on malfunction diagnosis
instrument, is this ignition a failure?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the relay, turn on the ignition switch but
do not start the engine.
3. Check the supply terminal with a well-grounded test
lamp.
Is the test lamp lit?
1. Connect a test lamp between relay control circuit
ans the supply terminal.
2. Instruct the connection and disconnection of the
relay with the malfunction diagnosis instrument. Can
every instruction turn on or off the test lamp?
Check whether relay control circuit is short to earth. Is
failure detected and resolved?
Check whether relay circuit is short to earth, whether
there is a high resistance in the wiring harness and
whether there is poor connection between ECU terminal
and relay terminal plug pin. Is failure detected and
resolved?
Replace the relay. Is replacement finished?
Replace ECU. Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions and monitor failure information
with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Is it the current trouble code if the instrument indicates
DTC P0645?
Value (s)
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.65 DTC P0646 A/C compressor relay circuit short to earth
Description:
The four pins connected with the A/C compressor relay respectively are the 12V constant power supply terminal, 12V
main relay power supply, control signal terminal (connecting ECU pin B_N2) and A/C compressor electromagnetic
clutch supply terminal.
A/C compressor relay is driven by a drive chip which can realize self diagnosis of the internal circuit through comparing
switching signal from CPU and actual potential of ECU output terminal and can also send the fault information to fault
diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 A circuit short to earth is found in the module’s internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Intermittent faults may be caused by poor connection, wornout insulant or broken wire inside the covered cable.
Check for the following situations:
3. Poor connection of ECU or fuel pump relay- Check the wiring harness connectors:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken locking plate;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
4. Wire harness is damaged – check if the wire harness is damaged. See the vehicle mileage in the recorded data of
fault after the last diagnosis failure to determine the occurrence frequency of self-diagnosis trouble code, which
helps to diagnose such situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0646 A/C compressor relay circuit short to earth
Step
Action
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Install a scan tool.
Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running
the DTC.
3. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Does the scan tool indicate the DTCP0646 failed this
ignition?
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the relay. Turn the ignition to ON without
starting the engine.
3. Probe the power supply end of the relay with a test
lamp that is connected to a good ground.
Is the test lamp ON?
1. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit of
relay and the power supply end of relay.
2. Using a scan tool, command the relay ON then OFF.
Does the test lamp turn ON and OFF with each
command?
Check the control circuit of relay for a short to ground.
Did you find and repair the condition?
Check for a short to ground in relay circuit, for the high
resistance in wiring harness and for poor contact of pins
at ECU end or relay end.
Did you find and repair the condition?
Replace the relay.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running
the DTC. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble
information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTCP0646 is
current?
Value (s)
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.66 DTC P0647 A/C compressor relay circuit short to power
Description:
The four pins connected with the A/C compressor relay respectively are the 12V constant power supply terminal, 12V
main relay power supply, control signal terminal (connecting ECU pin B_N2) and A/C compressor electromagnetic
clutch supply terminal.
A/C compressor relay is driven by a drive chip which can realize self diagnosis of the internal circuit through comparing
switching signal from CPU and actual potential of ECU output terminal and can also send the fault information to fault
diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 A circuit short to earth is found in the module’s internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Intermittent faults may be caused by poor connection, wornout insulant or broken wire inside the covered cable.
Check for the following situations:
Poor connection of ECU or fuel pump relay - Check the wiring harness connectors:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken locking plate;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
Wire harness is damaged – check if the wire harness is damaged. See the vehicle mileage in the recorded data of fault
after the last diagnosis failure to determine the occurrence frequency of self-diagnosis trouble code, which helps to
diagnose such situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0647 A/C compressor relay circuit short to power
Step
Action
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic system?
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Install a scan tool.
Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running
the DTC.
3. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Does the scan tool indicate the DTCP0647 failed this
ignition?
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the relay. Turn the ignition to ON without
starting the engine.
3. Probe the power supply end of the relay with a test
lamp that is connected to a good ground.
Is the test lamp ON?
1. Connect a test lamp between the control circuit of
relay and the power supply end of relay.
2. Using a scan tool, command the relay ON then OFF.
Does the test lamp turn ON and OFF with each
command?
Check the control circuit of relay for a short to power
supply. Did you find and repair the condition?
Check for an open in relay circuit, for the high resistance
in wiring harness and for poor contact of pins at ECU end
or relay end.
Did you find and repair the condition?
Replace the relay.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running
the DTC. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble
information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTCP0647 is
current?
Value (s)
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.67 DTC P0685 Main relay circuit break to earth
Description:
The four pins connected with the main relay respectively are the 12V constant power supply terminal (relay terminal pin
30), 12V constant power supply terminal (relay terminal pin 85), control signal terminal (relay terminal pin 86, connecting
ECU pin B_K3) and main relay power output terminal (relay terminal pin 87).
The main relay is driven by a drive chip which can realize self diagnosis of the internal circuit through comparing
switching signal from CPU and actual potential of ECU output terminal and can also send the fault information to fault
diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 An open circuit is found in the module’s internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
Damaged wiring harness - check if wiring harness is damaged.
If the wiring harness looks normal, observe the system voltage shown on the malfunction diagnosis instrument while
moving related connectors and wires of the ECU, instrument wiring harness and engine wiring harness. If the display
shows difference, it indicates defects in this section.
If the DTC cannot be reproduced, refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure
records”. It will be of help in determining the occurrence frequency of faults resulting in the configuration of this DTC.
This is helpful to the diagnosis of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0685 Main relay circuit open
Step
Action
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
Is system check completed?
1.
2.
Disconnect the main relay.
Measure the resistance between main relay 85 and
86 to see whether it’s within the specified range.
1. Set ignition switch to “ON”.
2. Test the ignition supply circuit of relay 85 terminal
with a reliably grounded test lamp. Is the test lamp
lit?
Set ignition switch to “ON”.
Disconnect the ECM wiring harness.
Test the ignition supply circuit of relay 1 terminal with a
reliably grounded test lamp.
Is the test lamp lit?
Repair the high voltage from ECM connector terminal
B_K3 to relay 85 terminal.
Is the reparation completed?
Replace the relay. Is the replacement completed?
1. Clear DTC with malfunction diagnosis instrument.
2. Start the engine and idle at normal working
temperature.
3. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions.
Monitor the DTC with the diagnosis instrument. Is DTC
reset?
Check all newly set DTCs.
Are all DTCs displayed diagnosed?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
70-110Ω
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 7
-
-
Go to Step 7
-
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 2
-
Back to DTC
application
system desktop
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.68 DTC P0686 Main relay circuit short to earth
Description:
The four pins connected with the main relay respectively are the 12V constant power supply terminal (relay terminal pin
30), 12V constant power supply terminal (relay terminal pin 85), control signal terminal (relay terminal pin 86, connecting
ECU pin B_K3) and main relay power output terminal (relay terminal pin 87).
The main relay is driven by a drive chip which can realize self diagnosis of the internal circuit through comparing
switching signal from CPU and actual potential of ECU output terminal and can also send the fault information to fault
diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 A circuit short to earth is found in the module’s internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
Poorly connected or damaged wiring harness - check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
observe the system voltage shown on the malfunction diagnosis instrument while moving related connectors and wires
of the ECU, instrument wiring harness and engine wiring harness. If the display shows difference, it indicates defects in
this section.
If the DTC cannot be reproduced, refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure
records”. It will be of help in determining the occurrence frequency of faults resulting in the configuration of this DTC.
This is helpful to the diagnosis of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0686 Main relay circuit short to earth
Step
Action
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
Is system check completed?
1. Disconnect the main relay.
2. Measure the resistance between main relay 85 and
86 to see whether it’s within the specified range.
1. Set ignition switch to “ON”.
2. Test the ignition supply circuit of relay 85 terminal
with a reliably grounded test lamp. Is the test lamp
lit?
Set ignition switch to “ON”.
Disconnect the ECM wiring harness.
Test the ignition supply circuit of relay 1 terminal with a
reliably grounded test lamp.
Is the test lamp lit?
Repair the high voltage from ECM connector terminal
B_K3 to relay 85 terminal.
Is the reparation completed?
Replace the relay. Is the replacement completed?
1. Clear DTC with malfunction diagnosis instrument.
2. Start the engine and idle at normal working
temperature.
3. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions.
Monitor the DTC with the diagnosis instrument. Is DTC
reset?
Check all newly set DTCs.
Are all DTCs displayed diagnosed?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
70-110Ω
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 7
-
-
Go to Step 7
-
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 2
-
Back to DTC
application
system desktop
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.69 DTC P0687 Main relay circuit short to power
Description:
The four pins connected with the main relay respectively are the 12V constant power supply terminal (relay terminal pin
30), 12V constant power supply terminal (relay terminal pin 86), control signal terminal (relay terminal pin 85, connecting
ECU pin B_K3) and main relay power output terminal (relay terminal pin 87).
The main relay is driven by a drive chip which can realize self diagnosis of the internal circuit through comparing
switching signal from CPU and actual potential of ECU output terminal and can also send the fault information to fault
diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 A circuit short to power is found in ECM internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
Poorly connected or damaged wiring harness - check if wiring harness is damaged.
If the wiring harness looks normal, observe the system voltage shown on the malfunction diagnosis instrument while
moving related connectors and wires of the ECU, instrument wiring harness and engine wiring harness. If the display
shows difference, it indicates defects in this section.
If the DTC cannot be reproduced, refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure
records”. It will be of help in determining the occurrence frequency of faults resulting in the configuration of this DTC.
This is helpful to the diagnosis of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0687 Main relay circuit short to power
Step
Action
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
Is system check completed?
1.
2.
Disconnect the main relay.
Measure the resistance between main relay 85 and
86 to see whether it’s within the specified range.
1. Set ignition switch to “ON”.
2. Test the ignition supply circuit of relay 1 terminal with
a reliably grounded test lamp.
Is the test lamp lit?
Set ignition switch to “ON”.
Disconnect the ECM wiring harness.
Test the ignition supply circuit of relay 85 terminal with a
reliably grounded test lamp.
Is the test lamp lit?
Repair the high voltage from ECM connector terminal
B_K3 to relay 1 terminal.
Is the reparation completed?
Replace the relay. Is the replacement completed?
1. Clear DTC with malfunction diagnosis instrument.
2. Start the engine and idle at normal working
temperature.
3. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating conditions.
4. Monitor the DTC with the diagnosis instrument.
Is DTC reset?
Check all newly set DTCs.
Are all DTCs displayed diagnosed?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
70-110Ω
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 7
-
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 2
-
Back to DTC
application
system desktop
System OK
-
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4 C. 4.70 DTC P2413 EGR valve position self-learning error
Circuit description
After starting the ignition key, tell the learning conditions of EGR valve null feedback voltage; after getting the learning
conditions, conduct the self-learning of null feedback voltage from the compressed and stretched direction of EGR valve
return spring, and get the initial position of EGR valve by null feedback voltage.(EGR valve is usually in a normally
closed state, and open when the engine is in the medium load)
Conditions for setting trouble code
 1. 0.28 V < EGR reach the sensor voltage < 1.75 V under the low position
 2. EGR valve is closed.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
Diagnosis and maintenance:
1
Open the ignition switch, use the diagnostic instrument to test whether EGR position sensor parameter is between
0% and 4% or not.
2. Whether there is vacuum leak between EGR valve and intake manifold.
3. Whether there is carbon compounds and ash clogging in the exhaust manifold and EGR valve.
4. Whether there is leakage and clogging in the pressure sensor of intake manifold.
5. Check if the voltage between EGR valve pines AC_4 (Blue/brown) and B_H2 (brown) is 5 v, and on and off of ZK14
(red) and B_O2 lines, the signal voltage between A_E1 and B_H2 (brown) is between 0.3 and 3 v.
6. Whether EGR valve has any parts damaged.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4 C. 4.71 DTC P0488 EGR valve position control error
Circuit description
After starting the ignition key, tell the learning conditions of EGR valve null feedback voltage; after getting the learning
conditions, conduct the self-learning of null feedback voltage from the compressed and stretched direction of EGR valve
return spring, and get the initial position of EGR valve by null feedback voltage.(EGR valve is usually in a normally
closed state, and open when the engine is in the medium load)
Conditions for setting trouble code
 1. Absolute value EGR valve I control >45%
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
 Prohibit EGR valve moving/EGR self-learning
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
Diagnosis and maintenance:
1. Open the ignition switch, use the diagnostic instrument to test whether EGR position sensor parameter is between
0% and 4% or not.
2. Whether there is vacuum leak between EGR valve and intake manifold.
3. Whether there is carbon compounds and ash clogging in the exhaust manifold and EGR valve.
4. Whether there is leakage and clogging in the pressure sensor of intake manifold.
5. Check if the voltage between AC_4 (Blue and brown) and B_H2 (brown) of EGR valve pin is 5 v, on and off of pin of
control valve ZK14 (red) and B_O2 line, the signal voltage between A_E1 and B_H2 (brown) is between 0.3 to 3 v.
6. Whether EGR valve has any parts damaged.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4 C. 4.72 DTC P0488 ETC electrical failure open circuit
Circuit description
Throttle actuator control system uses two throttle position sensors to monitor the throttle. Throttle position sensor 1 and
2 are located inside the throttle body assembly.The sensor has the following circuit:
 One 5 v reference voltage
 One low-level reference voltage circuit
 Two signal circuits
At the same time, use two processors to monitor data of actuator control system of throttle body. Two processors are
located inside the engine control module. Each signal circuit provides the signal voltage which is in direct proportion to
throttle displacement for two processors. Two processors will monitor the mutual data to confirm the correct calculation
of throttle position.
Signals of sensor 1 and 2 are complementary, and the sum of their voltage value is 5 v. Sensor 1 is negative correlation
signal, and sensor 2 is positively correlation signal.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Detect ETC electrical failure open circuit
The circuit needs overheating protection.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
 Prohibit oxygen sensor diagnosis, air-fuel ratio conttol and MAP diagnosis
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL..
Diagnosis and maintenance
1 Place ignition switch being ON, observe the voltage parameters of “throttle position sensor” of fault diagnosis tester.
Reading shall be between 0.25 and 4.59 V, and changes with the input of accelerator pedal.
2 Place ignition switch being ON, observe the voltage parameters of “throttle position sensor” of fault diagnosis tester.
Reading shall be between 4.75 and 0.35 V, and changes with the input of accelerator pedal.
3 Place ignition switch being ON, use multimeter to test whether the voltage between 5 V reference voltage circuit end
(Red and white) and bonding is between 4.8 V and 5.2 V.
4 Use multimeter to test whether the circuit between throttle position sensor 1 connector pin (white and yellow) and
ECU pin A_F3 is conducted, and the circuit between throttle position sensor 2 connectors (brown and white) and
ECU pin A_C1 is conducted, if not, replace the circuit.
5 Check whether the electronic throttle is blocked or damaged, if so, replace the throttle body.
6 Replace the ECU, remove trouble codes, read the trouble code after repeated driving cycle, and detect if trouble
code appears again.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4 C. 4.73 DTC P0638 ETC_1 unreasonable output signal of position controller
Circuit description
Throttle actuator control system uses two throttle position sensors to monitor the throttle. Throttle position sensor 1 and
2 are located inside the throttle body assembly. The sensor has the following circuit:
 One 5 v reference voltage
 One low-level reference voltage circuit
 Two signal circuits
At the same time, use two processors to monitor data of actuator control system of throttle body. Two processors are
located inside the engine control module. Each signal circuit provides the signal voltage which is in direct proportion to
throttle displacement for two processors. Two processors will monitor the mutual data to confirm the correct calculation
of throttle position.
Signals of sensor 1 and 2 are complementary, and the sum of their voltage value is 5 v. Sensor 1 is negative correlation
signal, and sensor 2 is positively correlation signal.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 1. Throttle PMW>90%
 2. Battery voltage>8V
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
 Prohibit oxygen sensor diagnosis, air-fuel ratio control and MAP diagnosis
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
Diagnosis and maintenance
1 Place ignition switch being ON, observe the voltage parameters of “throttle position sensor” of fault diagnosis tester.
Reading shall be between 0.25 and 4.59 V, and changes with the input of accelerator pedal.
2 Place ignition switch being ON, observe the voltage parameters of “throttle position sensor” of fault diagnosis tester.
Reading shall be between 4.75 and 0.35 V, and changes with the input of accelerator pedal.
3 Place ignition switch being ON, use multimeter to test whether the voltage between 5 V reference voltage circuit end
(Red and white) and bonding is between 4.8 V and 5.2 V.
4 Use a multimeter to test whether the circuit between throttle position sensor 1 connector pin (white and yellow) and
ECU pin A_F3 is conducted, and the circuit between throttle position sensor 2 connectors (brown and white) and
ECU pin A_C1 is conducted, if not, replace the circuit.
5 Check whether the electronic throttle is blocked or damaged, if so, replace the throttle body.
6 Replace the ECU, remove trouble codes, read the trouble code after repeated driving cycle, and detect if trouble
code appears again.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.74
DTC P0638 Unreasonable output signal of ETC_2 position controller
Circuit description
Throttle actuator control system uses two throttle position sensors to monitor the throttle. Throttle position sensor 1 and
2 are located inside the throttle body assembly. The sensor has the following circuit:
 One 5 v reference voltage
 One low-level reference voltage circuit
 Two signal circuits
At the same time, use two processors to monitor data of actuator control system of throttle body. Two processors are
located inside the engine control module. Each signal circuit provides the signal voltage which is in direct proportion to
throttle displacement for two processors. Two processors will monitor the mutual data to confirm the correct calculation
of throttle position.
Signals of sensor 1 and 2 are complementary, and the sum of their voltage value is 5 v. Sensor 1 is negative correlation
signal, and sensor 2 is positively correlation signal.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 1. Throttle PMW>90%
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
 Prohibit oxygen sensor diagnosis, air-fuel ratio control and MAP diagnosis
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
Diagnosis and maintenance
1 Place ignition switch being ON, observe the voltage parameters of “throttle position sensor 1” of fault diagnosis tester.
Reading shall be between 0.25 and 4.59 V, and changes with the input of accelerator pedal.
2 Place ignition switch being ON, observe the voltage parameters of “throttle position sensor 2” of fault diagnosis tester.
Reading shall be between 4.75 and 0.35 V, and changes with the input of accelerator pedal.
3 Place ignition switch being ON, use a multimeter to test whether the voltage between 5 V reference voltage circuit
end (Red and white) and bonding is between 4.8 V and 5.2 V.
4 Use a multimeter to test whether the circuit between throttle position sensor 1 connector pin (white and yellow) and
ECU pin A_F3 is conducted, and the circuit between throttle position sensor 2 connectors (brown and white) and
ECU pin A_C1 is conducted, if not, replace the circuit.
5 Check whether the electronic throttle is blocked or damaged, if so, replace the throttle body.
6 Replace the ECU, remove trouble codes, read the trouble code after repeated driving cycle, and detect if trouble
code appears again.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.75 P060A Monitoring fault
Circuit description
During the engine operation, ECU constantly conducts the monitoring of the following parameters, and if finding that the
parameter is beyond the range value under the operating condition, set the fault.
 Monitoring of torque demand – check the intake air pressure sensor and circuit.
 Monitoring of torque loss – check water temperature sensor and circuit
 Monitoring of abnormal signal of engine speed – check crankshaft and camshaft position sensors and circuit
 Monitoring of dual signal of electronic accelerator pedal – check accelerator pedal sensor and circuit
 Monitoring of dual signal of electronic throttle valve - check electronic throttle valve and circuit
Conditions for setting trouble code
The above parameters detected by ECT are not in the normal range.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will not be lit.
 Prohibit oxygen sensor diagnosis, air-fuel ratio control and MAP diagnosis
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
Diagnosis and maintenance:
1 Use a multimeter to check if the output voltage between output end of air intake pressure sensor (brown and red) and
the grounding end is 5 V, if not, there is short circuit and open circuit inside the sensor, and use the diagnostic
instrument to detect if the sensor signal voltage is within the prescribed scope (0.5-4.5 V), if not, replace the air intake
pressure sensor.
2 Use a multimeter to check if the the output voltage between output end (white and purple) of engine temperature
sensor and the grounding end is 5 v, and use a multimeter to check if the internal resistance of engine temperature
sensor is near 2KΩ—4KΩ (room temperature), if not, replace the water temperature sensor.
3 Use a multimeter to check if the output voltage between output end and the grounding end of crankshaft and
camshaft position sensor is 5 V.
4 Check if the circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor is on or off, if there is short circuit and open circuit, if dual
signal voltage is within the prescribed scope, by a factor of two.
5. Use a multimeter to check if the output voltage between output end (Blue and yellow) and the grounding end of
throttle position sensor is 5 V, if not, check there is short circuit and open circuit, and replace the circuit. Use a
multimeter to check if the circuit between throttle position sensor 1/ throttle position sensor 2 and ECU pin is
conducted, if not, replace the circuit.
6 Replace the ECU, clear trouble codes, read the trouble code after repeated driving cycle, and detect if trouble code
appears again.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.76
DTC P0016 Intake Camshaft Position Offset
Circuit Description
Camshaft position sensor is also known as cylinder sensor. It is installed in the front or rear part of the camshaft or
inside the distributor. And its role is to collect the position signal of the camshaft and input it into the control unit ECU, so
that the control unit ECU can identify the top dead point of the compression of the first cylinder. And then the sequential
fuel infection control, ignition timing control and knock selection control can be performed. The camshaft position signal
can also identify the first ignition timing for the engine start. This trouble code is that the actual camshaft position is
inconsistent with the set camshaft position and the fault point is that the camshaft is not to the set position or the
camshaft position sensor has wrong feedback.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 1. The difference between the self-learning position and the theoretical position on the edge of the camshaft shall
be larger than 24.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will not be lit.
 It is forbidden to carry out oxygen sensor diagnosis, air-fuel ratio control and MAP diagnosis
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
Diagnosis and Maintenance:
1 Inspect if the voltage between the signal end (blue-black) and the grounding end of the camshaft position sensor with
the multimeter is within the range of 4.75v-5.25v，and if the output voltage of the voltage output end and the
grounding end is 5V. And if not, inspect if the conductor between the pin(blue-black) corresponding to the sensor
signal and ECU pin (B_C3) is conducted with the multimeter, and if not, replace the line.
2 Check if the camshaft has damage or blockage and if the mounting position has deviation.
3 Check if the intake VVT control valve has catching phenomenon, which will cause camshaft position offset.
4 Check if the engine control module receiving signals are normal.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.77
DTC P2176 TPS cannot reach cutoff point/ TPS position self-leaning fault
Circuit Description
The throttle position sensor is mounted on the throttle. It can convert the throttle opening angle into voltage signal and
send it to ECU, so that the amount of fuel injection can be controlled at different opening states of the throttle. Throttle
position senor 1 and 2 are located inside the throttle body assembly. The sensor has the following circuits:
 A 5V reference voltage
 A low level reference voltage circuit
 Two signal circuits
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Detect the signal of the throttle position sensor inside the ECU automatically.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will not be lit.
 It is forbidden to carry out oxygen sensor diagnosis, air-fuel ratio control and MAP diagnosis
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
Diagnosis and Maintenance:
1 Check if the throttle has damage or blockage .
2 Inspect if the voltage between the power output end (red-white line) and the grounding end of the throttle position
sensor with the multimeter is 5v. And then start the engine and depress the accelerator and measure if the voltage of
Signal 1 of the throttle position sensor changes between 0.25V and 4.75V with a diagnostic unit and if the Signal 2 of
the throttle position sensor is variable between 4.75V and 0.25V. And if not, replace the throttle assembly.
3 Check if the conductor between the pin (white-yellow) corresponding to the signal end of the throttle position sensor
1 and ECU pin (A_F3) and the conductor between the pin (brown-white) corresponding to the signal end of the
throttle position sensor 2 and ECU pin (A_C1) are conducted; and if not, replace the line.
4 Replace ECU and clear trouble code. And then check if the trouble code reappears again after several driving cycles.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.78 DTC P0121 Unreasonable throttle position sensor 1 signal and DTC P0221
unreasonable throttle position sensor 2 signal
Circuit Description
The throttle position sensor is mounted on the throttle. It can convert the throttle opening angle into voltage signal and
send it to ECU, so that the amount of fuel injection can be controlled at different opening states of the throttle. The
throttle position sensor has two signal voltages, which form complement voltage
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Control the difference of the air flow is greater than the minimum limit through controlling the air flow in the intake
manifold based on the throttle position sensor TPS-1.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will not be lit.
 The engine is in idle state.
The conditions to clear trouble indicator light/to diagnose the trouble code
 The trouble code can be cleared after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles without fault
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
Diagnosis and Maintenance:
1 Check if the voltage value between the throttle position sensor 5V reference voltage (red-white) and the grounding is
5V with the multimeter and measure if the total voltage of the voltage of the throttle position sensor and the signal
voltage of the throttle position sensor 2 is 5V with the diagnostic unit; and if not, replace the throttle body assembly.
2 Check if the throttle has damage or blockage, which leads to the deviation between the theoretical air flow and actual
air flow.
3 Check if the intake manifold has blockage.
4 Check if the conductor between the pin (white-yellow) corresponding to the signal end of the throttle position sensor
1 and ECU pin (A_F3) and the conductor between the pin (brown-white) corresponding to the signal end of the
throttle position sensor 2 and ECU pin (A_C1) are conducted; so as to judge if ECU signal receiving and feedback
are normal; and if not, replace the circuit.
5 Replace ECU and clear trouble code. And then check if the trouble code reappears again after several driving cycles.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.79 DTC P0650 Malfunction indicating lamp circuit open, short to earth or short to
power
Circult Description:
The two pins connected to the malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) are the ignition switch signal input terminal (MIL
terminal pin connecting main relay 87) and control signal terminal (another MIL terminal pin connecting ECU pin B_H4).
The MIL is driven by a drive chip which can realize self diagnosis of the internal circuit through comparing switching
signal from CPU and actual potential of ECU output terminal and can also send the fault information to fault diagnostic
module inside the CPU.
The fault types that can be diagnosed:
 The biggest fault: the pins are short to power when the internal control driver stage is connected.
 The smallest fault: the pins are short to earth when the internal control driver stage is disconnected.
 Signal fault: the pins are open or broken when the internal control driver stage is disconnected.
Trouble code of all the above three faults is DTC P0650.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Line fault is found in the ECM internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
1. ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector exists:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
2. Use a matching terminal to get the correct terminal tension.
3. Wiring harness damaged or not-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the instrument shows no problem,
disconnect the ECU and connect the ignition switch. While moving connectors and wiring harness related with the
MIL, observe the voltage change of the digital multimeter connected between MLI control circuit on the ECM wiring
harness connector and the earth. If the voltage shows difference, it indicates defects in this section.
Refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure records”. It will be of help in
determining the occurrence frequency of faults resulting in the configuration of this DTC. This is helpful to the diagnosis
of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0650 Malfunction indicating lamp circuit open, short to earth or short to power
Step
Action
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
Go to "Diagnostic
aids"
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD)
system?
Go to Step 2
2.
Are there any additional DTCs?
Go to Step 3
3.
Turn the ignition ON and observe the instrument.
Is the MIL ON?
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
4.
Start the engine.
Is the MIL OFF?
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the instrument panel.
3. Check the MIL.
Was the MIL damaged and replaced?
1. Connect an unpowered test lamp in series between the MIL control
circuit and the battery.
2. Turn ON the ignition.
3. Use a scan too to operate the MIL.
Does the test lamp turn ON and OFF with each command?
Check the instrument connector for poor connection.
Did you find and repair the condition?
Check for a short to power supply, a short to ground and an open in the
MIL circuit, for the poor contact of pins at ECU end or MIL end and for
the high resistance in the wring harness.
Did you find and repair the condition?
Replace the instrument panel.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. Use
the scan tool to monitor the trouble information.
Does the scan tool indicate the DTCP0650 is current?
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.80 DTC P0562 Low power supply voltage
Description:
Nominal voltage of the system is 12V. However, actual voltage value under normal circumstances will vary between
8-16V. ECU will take samples of system voltage after it goes through the main relay and monitor and diagnose on the
basis of the sampled values. If system voltage is below the threshold value of 8V, DTC P0562 will be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Ignition switch is in the state of ON;
 Voltage is under 8V.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
Poorly connected or damaged wiring harness - check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
observe the system voltage shown on the scanning instrument while moving related connectors and wires of the ECU,
instrument wiring harness and engine wiring harness. If the display shows difference, it indicates defects in this section.
If the DTC cannot be reproduced, refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure
records”. It will be of help in determining the occurrence frequency of faults resulting in the configuration of this DTC.
This is helpful to the diagnosis of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0562 Low power supply voltage
Step
Action
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
8-16V
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 4
8-16V
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
1.
2
3.
4.
5
6
7.
8.
9
Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running
the DTC.
2. Connect a scan tool.
3. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0562 is
current?
1. Start the engine and allow the rotational speed to be
greater than 1000 RPM.
2. Use a multi-meter to test the engine charging
voltage.
Is the voltage within the value specified?
Is the charging voltage within the specified value at the
different engine speeds?
Check the charging wiring harness from the engine to the
battery for break circuit, short circuit, over-high internal
resistance of the wiring harness or poor connection of
engine wiring harness plug pin. Is any failure detected
and repaired?
Check the circuit between the battery and ECU wiring
harness terminal B_P3 pin for break circuit, short circuit,
over-high internal resistance of the wiring harness or
poor connection of ECU terminal pin. Is any failure
detected and repaired?
Replace the generator.
Did you correct the condition?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Use a scan tool in order to clear the DTC.
2. Start and run the engine.
3. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Is the DTC reset?
Value (s)
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.81 DTC P0563 High power supply voltage
Description:
Nominal voltage of the system is 12V. However, actual voltage value under normal circumstances will vary between
8~16V. ECU will take samples of system voltage after it goes through the main relay and monitor and diagnose on the
basis of the sampled values. If system voltage is higher than the threshold value of 16V, DTC P0563 will be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Ignition switch is in the state of ON;
 Voltage is above 16V.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp will not be lit.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
Poorly connected or damaged wiring harness - check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
observe the system voltage shown on the scanning instrument while moving related connectors and wires of the ECU,
instrument wiring harness and engine wiring harness. If the display shows difference, it indicates defects in this section.
If the DTC cannot be reproduced, refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure
records”. It will be of help in determining the occurrence frequency of faults resulting in the configuration of this DTC.
This is helpful to the diagnosis of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0563 High power supply voltage
Step
Action
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
8-16V
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 4
8-16V
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
1.
2
3.
4.
5
6
7.
8.
9
Operate the vehicle within the failure generation
conditions.
2. Connect a scan tool.
3. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Does the scan tool indicate that the DTC P0563 is
current?
1. Start the engine and allow the rotational speed to be
greater than 1000 RPM.
2. Observe the system voltage on the scan tool.
Is the system voltage within the value specified?
Is the charging voltage within the specified value at the
different engine speeds?
Check the charging wiring harness from the engine to the
battery for break circuit, short circuit, over-high internal
resistance of the wiring harness or poor connection of
engine wiring harness plug pin. Is any failure detected
and repaired?
Check the circuit between the battery and ECU wiring
harness terminal B_P3 pin for break circuit, short circuit,
over-high internal resistance of the wiring harness or
poor connection of ECU terminal pin. Is any failure
detected and repaired?
Replace the generator.
Did you correct the condition?
Replace the ECU.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Use a scan tool in order to clear the DTC.
2. Start and run the engine.
3. Use the scan tool to monitor the trouble code
information.
Is the DTC reset?
Value (s)
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.82 DTC P0171 Fuel system diagnosis - too lean
Description:
ECM controls the air/fuel measuring system to provide the optimal possible combination of dynamic performance, fuel
economy and emission control. Methods in controlling fuel supply are different for closed loops and open loops. For
open loops, ECM determines fuel supply on the basis of each sensor signal without the input of the heated oxygen
sensor (HO2S).For closed loops, ECM will combine the heated oxygen sensor input value and the purging signal value
in determining short-term and long-term fuel regulation values. If the heated oxygen sensor shows it’s too lean, fuel
regulation value should be above 0%. If the heated oxygen sensor shows it’s too rich, fuel regulation value should be
below 0%. The short-term fuel regulation value will change quickly to respond to the voltage signal changes of the
heated oxygen sensor. Long-term fuel regulation will make rough adjustments to maintain the air-fuel ration at 14.7:1. A
unit group consists of the combined information of the engine speed and engine load, covering fully the performance of
the vehicle. Diagnosis of the long-term fuel regulation is based on the average value of the currently used unit. ECM
chooses the unit needed on the basis of engine speed and engine load.Fuel regulation diagnosis will check whether the
fault of too rich does exist or whether the “too rich” problem is caused by the over-redundancy of vapor from the
evaporation emission (EVAP) canister.
If “too lean” fault is detected by the ECM, DTC P0171 will be configured. If “too rich” fault is detected by the ECM, DTC
P0172 will be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Ignition switch is “ON”.
 Water temperature is greater than 65℃




Intake air temperature is higher than -7.5℃
Intake air amount is more than 71mg/str
Ambient temperature is greater than -7.5℃
Up to closed-loop control
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0171 Fuel system diagnosis-too lean
Step
Action
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board diagnostic
system"
1.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
-
Go to Step 2
2
Is any other DTC set apart from P0171?
-
Go to
"Malfunction
Diagnosis List".
Go to Step 3
30%
Go to Step 4
Go to "Diagnostic
aids"
20-60Kpa
Go to Step 5
Check intake
manifold pressure
sensor.
-
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
Go to mechanical
parts of the engine
-
Go to Step 9
Go to diagnosis of
the fuel system
-
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 10
Go to
"Malfunction
Diagnosis List"
System OK
3
4
5
6
7
8.
9
10
1. Start the engine.
2. Let the engine get to operating temperature and
enter into closed loop model.
3. Observe “Long-term fuel regulation” value with a
diagnosis instrument to see whether it’s greater than
the specified value.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set to “NEUTRAL” position.
3. Close all accessories.
4. Let the engine idle.
5. Observe the intake manifold pressure with a
diagnosis instrument to see whether it’s within the
specified range.
1. Connect an injector test lamp between the injector
control circuit and the ignition voltage circuit.
2. Start the engine. Does the test lamp blink?
1. Shut the engine.
2. Check for the following situations:
●
Vacuum hose cracks, twists or misconnections;
●
Jammed inlet pipes;
●
Throttle blocked by foreign matters;
Are failures detected and resolved?
1. Shut the engine.
2. Check for the following situations:
1. Is the heated oxygen sensor correctly installed?
2. Is there any electrical fault of the heated oxygen
sensor?
Are the above failures detected and resolved?
1. Shut the engine.
2. Check for the following situations:
●
Too much fuel in the crankcase;
●
The evaporation system not functioning properly;
●
The fuel system not functioning properly;
Are failures detected and resolved?
1. DTC can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis
instrument.
2. Shut the engine for 30s.
3. Start the engine.
4. Does malfunction diagnosis code fail to pass this
ignition loop test?
Is there any DTC that has not been diagnosed?
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.83 DTC P0172 Fuel system diagnosis - too rich
Description:
ECM controls the air/fuel measuring system to provide the optimal possible combination of dynamic performance, fuel
economy and emission control. Methods in controlling fuel supply are different for closed loops and open loops. For
open loops, ECM determines fuel supply on the basis of each sensor signal without the input of the heated oxygen
sensor (HO2S). For closed loops, ECM will combine the heated oxygen sensor input value and the purging signal value
in determining short-term and long-term fuel regulation values. If the heated oxygen sensor shows it’s too lean, fuel
regulation value should be above 0%. If the heated oxygen sensor shows it’s too rich, fuel regulation value should be
below 0%. The short-term fuel regulation value will change quickly to respond to the voltage signal changes of the
heated oxygen sensor. Long-term fuel regulation will make rough adjustments to maintain the air-fuel ration at 14.7:1. A
unit group consists of the combined information of the engine speed and engine load, covering fully the performance of
the vehicle. Diagnosis of the long-term fuel regulation is based on the average value of the currently used unit. ECM
chooses the unit needed on the basis of engine speed and engine load. Fuel regulation diagnosis will check whether the
fault of too rich does exist or whether the “too rich” problem is caused by the over-redundancy of vapor from the
evaporation emission (EVAP) canister.
If “too lean” fault is detected by the ECM, DTC P0171 will be configured. If “too rich” fault is detected by the ECM, DTC
P0172 will be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Ignition switch is “ON”.
 Water temperature is greater than 65℃




Intake air temperature is higher than -7.5℃
Intake air amount is more than 71mg/str
Ambient temperature is greater than -7.5℃
Up to closed-loop control
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle..
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0172 Fuel system diagnosis-too rich
Step
Action
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8.
9
10
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
Is any other DTC set apart from P0172?
1. Start the engine.
2. Let the engine get to operating temperature and
enter into closed loop model.
3. Observe “Long-term fuel regulation” value with a
diagnosis instrument to see whether it’s greater than
the specified value.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set to “NEUTRAL” position.
3. Close all accessories.
4. Let the engine idle.
5. Observe the intake manifold pressure with a
diagnosis instrument to see whether it’s within the
specified range.
1. Connect an injector test lamp between the injector
control circuit and the ignition voltage circuit.
2. Start the engine. Does the test lamp blink?
1. Shut the engine.
2. Check for the following situations:
 Vacuum hose cracks, twists or misconnections;
 Jammed inlet pipes;
 Throttle blocked by foreign matters;
Are failures detected and resolved?
1. Shut the engine.
2. Check for the following situations:
 Is the heated oxygen sensor correctly installed?
 Is there any electrical fault of the heated oxygen
sensor?
Are failures detected and resolved?
1. Shut the engine.
2. Check for the following situations:
 Too much fuel in the crankcase;
 The evaporation system not functioning properly;
 The fuel system not functioning properly;
Are the above failures detected and resolved?
1. DTC can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis
instrument.
2. Shut the engine for 30s.
3. Start the engine.
4. Does malfunction diagnosis code fail to pass this
ignition loop test?
Is there any DTC that has not been diagnosed?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to
"Malfunction
Diagnosis List"
Go to Step 3
30%
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
24-60Kpa
Go to Step 5
Check intake
manifold
pressure sensor
-
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
Go to
mechanical
parts of the
engine
-
Go to Step 9
Go to diagnosis
of the fuel
system
-
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 10
Go to
“Malfunction
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Step
Action
Value (s)
Yes
Diagnosis List”
No
6.4C.4.84 DTC P0133 Slow conversion time response of upstream oxygen sensor
Circuit description
The 4 pins connected to the oxygen sensor (short as HO2S) respectively are 12V heater power terminal, sensor
terminal (ECU terminal pin B_F2), signal terminal (ECU terminal pin B_C1) and heater control terminal (ECU terminal
pin B_N4).
This system has utilized the heated oxygen sensor which has the heating circuit in addition to the oxygen sensor signal
circuit. Oxygen sensor inputs oxygen sensor voltage through the ECU pin B_C1. The oxygen sensor signal voltage will
vary between 0V and 1V when the oxygen sensor is in good operating condition. 450mV is the reference voltage. Higher
oxygen sensor voltage than it indicates the gas mixture is too rich (λ<1) while lower voltage indicates too lean the gas
mixture (λ>1). When λclosed loop control works, ECU will monitor the oxygen sensor signal and adjust the amount of
fuel injected according to the gas mixture concentration sent by the signal. When the temperature is below 400℃, the
oxygen sensor is equal to an open circuit and will not produce voltage. Open circuit or low temperature oxygen sensor
will lead to the “open-loop” operation.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Ignition switch is “ON”.
 Exhaust gas temperature at the front oxygen position is higher than 600℃
 Intake air flow is between 15 and 400mg/str
 Engine temperature is greater than 84.75℃
 Engine speed is between 512 and 4608rpm.
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0133 Slow conversion time response of upstream oxygen sensor
Step
Action
Value (s)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Perform “Diagnosis system check-engine control
system”.
Is system check finished?
1. Connect malfunction diagnosis instrument
2. Let engine run until normal working temperature is
reached.
3. Check whether “Closed Loop” operation is in
operation.
Is “Closed Loop” shown on the malfunction diagnosis
instrument?
1. Turn the ignition switch to "LOCK".
2. Refer to data in “Freeze Frame/Failure mode” and
record the parameter.
3. Operate the vehicle under conditions of “Freeze
Frame/Failure mode” and “setting conditions of
DTC”.
Is “Closed Loop” shown on the malfunction diagnosis
instrument?
1. Disconnect the upstream oxygen (O2) sensor
connector.
2. Connect a jumper cable between the oxygen sensor
connector terminal 1 and the bonding.
3. Turn on the ignition switch.
Is signal voltage of the oxygen sensor shown on the
malfunction diagnosis instrument in line with the specified
value?
Check the oxygen sensor connector for inoperable
terminals or poor connection and repair if necessary.
Is reparation work needed?
1. Let the engine idle.
2. Remove the jumper cable.
3. Measure the voltage between oxygen sensor
connector terminal 3 and the bonding.
Is the measured voltage of the oxygen sensor higher
than the specified value?
1. Turn the ignition switch to "LOCK".
2. Measure the voltage between pre-catalyst lambda
probe connector terminal 3 and the bonding.
Is the measured voltage of the oxygen sensor higher
than the specified value?
Repair the wire between pre-catalyst lambda probe
terminal 1 and ECM terminal B_C1 and failures of
connector open or short-circuit to the bonding.
Is the reparation work finished?
Repair the wire between oxygen sensor terminal 3 and
ECM connector terminal B_F2 and failures of connector
open or short-circuit to the bonding.
Is the reparation work finished?
Yes
Go to Step 2
No
Go to
“Diagnostic
system
check-Engine
Control system”
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 6
0.6V
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 11
0.3V
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 10
0.4-0.5V
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Step
10
11
12
13
Action
1. Turn the ignition switch to "LOCK".
2. Replace the ECM.
3. Perform “Diagnosis system check-engine control
system”.
Is replacement finished?
Replace the oxygen sensor.
Is the reparation work finished?
1. Clear any DTC existing in the ECM.
2. Perform “Diagnosis system check-engine control
system”.
Is the reparation work finished?
Check whether any other DTC is set.
Is there any DTC that has not been diagnosed?
Value (s)
Yes
No
System OK
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 13
Go to "DTC List"
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.85 DTC P0643 High voltage of sensor supply voltage 1 circuit, P0642 Low voltage of
sensor supply voltage 1 circuit, P0653 High voltage of sensor supply voltage 2 circuit, and
P0652 Low voltage of sensor supply voltage 2 circuit
Circuit description
ECM has four 5V reference voltage circuits. ECM supplies 5V reference voltage to each sensor. If any of the 5V
reference voltage circuit is short to the bonding or the power, all components connected to this 5V reference voltage
circuit will be affected. ECM will monitor voltages of the 5V reference voltage circuits.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Ignition switch is in the state of ON;
 Sensor supply voltages are beyond the range of 4.4-5.5V.
Actions taken when trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
 If a shared 5V reference voltage circuit is short to the bonding or the voltage, the rest of the 5V reference voltage
circuits may be affected.
 The parameters of 5V reference voltages shown on the malfunction diagnosis instrument should be within the
range of 4.4-5.6V.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0643 High voltage of sensor supply voltage 1 circuit
Step
Action
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
Is system check completed?
Turn the ignition switch to “OFF” and disconnect all wiring
harness connectors of corresponding sensors with the
appropriate DTCs. See “Diagnosis aids”.
Turn the ignition switch to “ON” and test whether the
voltages between the following 5V reference voltage
circuits ans the bonding are within 4.4-5.6V.
 Intake manifold absolute pressure sensor terminal;
 Accelerator pedal position sensor terminal;
 Accelerator pedal position sensor terminal;
 Throttle body terminal;
 EGR position sensor terminal;
Are the values higher than the specified range?
Test whether 5V reference voltage circuits of all
corresponding sensors of the DTCs are short to the
power supply.
Test whether 5V reference voltage circuits of all
corresponding sensors of the DTCs are short to the
earth.
Check corresponding sensor actuator circuits.
Replace ECU.
Value (s)
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
-
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
Go to Step 4
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
-
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.86 DTC P0075 Intake VVT solenoid circuit open
Circuit description
The principle of engine variable valve timing (VVT) technology is to adjust the air intake (or exhaust) amount and
opening and closing time and angle of the valve in accordance with performance of the engine so as to make the optimal
air intake and promote fuel efficiency. Advantages: while effectively improve economical efficiency of the fuel, it can also
increase power of the engine as well as the engine torque at low and medium speeds.
Driver stage of the VVT control valve is controlled by a drive chip which can realize self diagnosis of driver stage through
comparing switching signal from CPU and actual potential of driver stage output terminal and can also send the fault
information to fault diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Open circuit is found in ECM internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
7. ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector exists:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
8. Incorrect arrangement of wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
disconnect the ECU and VVT solenoid valve. Turn on the ignition switch and observe the voltage between ECU
control terminal ans the earth while moving connectors and wiring harness related with the VVT solenoid valve. If
the voltage varies, it indicates fault in this section.
Refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure records”. It will be of help in
determining the occurrence frequency of faults resulting in the configuration of this DTC. This is helpful to the
diagnosis of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0075 Intake VVT solenoid circuit open
Step
Action
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
1. Operate on the vehicle in accordance with trouble
code operating condition.
2. Connect malfunction diagnosis instrument
3. Monitor trouble code information with the instrument.
Is it the current trouble code if the instrument indicates
DTC P0075?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the intake VVT valve control circuit.
Connect a test lamp between VVT valve control circuit
wire (red) (main relay 87) and the earth. When battery
voltage is normal, can test lamp reach normal
brightness?
1. Turn on the ignition switch.
2. Test with a multimeter the voltage between ECU
control circuit of VVT valve control circuit wiring
harness (purple/white) (ECU pin B_J4) and the earth
to see whether the specified value is satisfied.
Test whether VVT valve control circuit is short to earth.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Check whether VVT valve control circuit wiring harness is
short to earth, short to power, open or of high resistance.
Check for poor connection between VVT valve control
circuit and ECU terminal plug pin.
Is problem detected and resolved?
Replace the VVT valve control circuit.
Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC with malfunction diagnosis instrument.
2. Monitor trouble code information with the instrument.
Is DTC reset?
Value (s)
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 4
--
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
About 4.8V
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.87 DTC P0076 Intake VVT solenoid short to earth
Circuit description
The principle of engine variable valve timing (VVT) technology is to adjust the air intake (or exhaust) amount and
opening and closing time and angle of the valve in accordance with performance of the engine so as to make the optimal
air intake and promote fuel efficiency. Advantages: while effectively improve economical efficiency of the fuel, it can also
increase power of the engine as well as the engine torque at low and medium speeds.
Driver stage of the VVT control valve is controlled by a drive chip which can realize self diagnosis of driver stage through
comparing switching signal from CPU and actual potential of driver stage output terminal and can also send the fault
information to fault diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Short circuit to earth is found in ECM internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
9. ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector exists:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
10. Incorrect arrangement of wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
disconnect the ECU and VVT solenoid valve. Turn on the ignition switch and observe the voltage between ECU
control terminal ans the earth while moving connectors and wiring harness related with the VVT solenoid valve. If
the voltage varies, it indicates fault in this section.
Refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure records”. It will be of help in
determining the occurrence frequency of faults resulting in the configuration of this DTC. This is helpful to the
diagnosis of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0076 Intake VVT solenoid short to earth
Step
Action
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
1. Operate on the vehicle in accordance with trouble
code operating condition.
2. Connect malfunction diagnosis instrument
3. Monitor trouble code information with the instrument.
Is it the current trouble code if the instrument indicates
DTC P0076?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the intake VVT valve control circuit.
Connect a test lamp between VVT valve control circuit
wire (red) (main relay 87) and the earth. When battery
voltage is normal, can test lamp reach normal
brightness?
1. Turn on the ignition switch.
2. Test with a multimeter the voltage between ECU
control circuit of VVT valve control circuit wiring
harness (purple/white) (ECU pin B_J4) and the earth
to see whether the specified value is satisfied.
Test whether VVT valve control circuit is short to earth. Is
failure detected and resolved?
Check whether VVT valve control circuit wiring harness is
short to earth, short to power, open or of high resistance.
Check for poor connection between VVT valve control
circuit and ECU terminal plug pin.
Is problem detected and resolved?
Replace the VVT valve control circuit.
Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC with malfunction diagnosis instrument.
2. Monitor trouble code information with the instrument.
Is DTC reset?
Value (s)
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 4
--
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
About 4.8V
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.88 DTC P0077 Intake VVT solenoid short to power
Circuit description
The principle of engine variable valve timing (VVT) technology is to adjust the air intake (or exhaust) amount and
opening and closing time and angle of the valve in accordance with performance of the engine so as to make the optimal
air intake and promote fuel efficiency. Advantages: while effectively improve economical efficiency of the fuel, it can also
increase power of the engine as well as the engine torque at low and medium speeds.
Driver stage of the VVT control valve is controlled by a drive chip which can realize self diagnosis of driver stage through
comparing switching signal from CPU and actual potential of driver stage output terminal and can also send the fault
information to fault diagnostic module inside the CPU.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Short circuit to power is found in ECM internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
11. ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector exists:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
12. Incorrect arrangement of wiring harness-check if wiring harness is damaged. If the wiring harness looks normal,
disconnect the ECU and VVT solenoid valve. Turn on the ignition switch and observe the voltage between ECU
control terminal ans the earth while moving connectors and wiring harness related with the VVT solenoid valve.If
the voltage varies, it indicates fault in this section.
Refer to vehicle driving distance since the last failed diagnosis test in the “failure records”. It will be of help in
determining the occurrence frequency of faults resulting in the configuration of this DTC. This is helpful to the
diagnosis of this situation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0077 Intake VVT solenoid short to power
Step
Action
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
1. Operate on the vehicle in accordance with trouble
code operating condition.
2. Connect malfunction diagnosis instrument
3. Monitor trouble code information with the instrument.
Is it the current trouble code if the instrument indicates
DTC P0077?
1. Shut the ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the intake VVT valve control circuit.
Connect a test lamp between VVT valve control circuit
wire (red) (main relay 87) and the earth. When battery
voltage is normal, can test lamp reach normal
brightness?
1. Turn on the ignition switch.
2. Test with a multimeter the voltage between ECU
control circuit of VVT valve control circuit wiring
harness (purple/white) (ECU pin B_J4) and the earth
to see whether the specified value is satisfied.
Test whether VVT valve control circuit is short to earth.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Check whether VVT valve control circuit wiring harness is
short to earth, short to power, open or of high resistance.
Check for poor connection between VVT valve control
circuit and ECU terminal plug pin.
Is problem detected and resolved?
Replace the VVT valve control circuit.
Is replacement finished?
1. Clear DTC with malfunction diagnosis instrument.
2. Monitor trouble code information with the instrument.
Is DTC reset?
Value (s)
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
aids"
-
Go to Step 4
--
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
About 4.7V
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 7
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
-
Go to Step 9
-
-
Go to Step 3
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.89
DTC P0487 EGR Valve Driver Open-circuit
Circuit Description
Engine control module monitors the input of the exhaust gas recirculation valve position to ensure that the valve
correctly respond to the command of ECM. The linear exhaust gas recirculation valve is controlled with the open-circuit
fault in the ignition timing driver and grounding circuit. The driver can detect the open-circuit fault of the ignition timing
and grounding circuit. If the open-circuit fault occurs, the driver will send DTC P0487 signal to ECM.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 An open circuit is found in ECM internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
13. ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector exists:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
14. ECM is equipped with an electronic pluggable and programmable read-only memory (EEPROM) and when ECM is
replaced, the new control module must be programmed.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0487 EGR Valve Driver Open-circuit
Step
Action
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Value
Yes
–
Go to
Step 2
–
Go to
"Diagnost
ic aids"
To Step 3
–
Go to
Step 4
Go to Step 5
–
Go to
Step 8
Go to Step 10
Check if the test lamp flashes according to each command.
–
Test if the electromagnetic coil control circuit is shorted or open to ground.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Test if the electromagnetic coil control circuit is shorted or open to ground.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Check if the exhaust gas recirculation valve has poor contact.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Check if the engine control module has poor contact.
Is failure detected and resolved?
–
Go to
Step 7
Go to
Step 13
Go to
Step 13
Go to
Step 13
Go to
Step 13
Go to
Step 13
Go to
Step 13
Perform the “European on-board diagnostic (EOBD) system Check”.
Is the system check complete?
1.
Stop the engine and energize the ignition device.
2.
Command exhaust gas recirculation between 0 to 10% with the
malfunction diagnosis instrument and check if the electromagnetic coil is
switched on and off under the corresponding command.
1. Disconnect the ignition switch
2. Disconnect the exhaust gas recirculation valve
3. Stop the engine and energize the ignition device.
4. Check the electromagnetic coil control circuit with the test lamp
which is reliably grounded.
5. Command exhaust gas recirculation between 0 to 10% with the
malfunction diagnosis instrument
If the test lamp could be on or off according to command?
1. Connect the test lamp to be between the electromagnetic coil control
circuit and the grounding circuit.
2. Command exhaust gas recirculation between 0 to 10% with the
malfunction diagnosis instrument and check if the electromagnetic coil is
switched on and off under the corresponding command.
Repair the electromagnetic coil circuit and check if the repair is completed.
Replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve and check if the operation is
completed.
Important note: When the engine control module is replaced, the new
engine control module must be programmed.
Replace the engine control module and check if the operation is finished.
Record the fault and clear DTC with malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Operate the vehicle according to the fault records and check if DTC is reset.
–
–
–
No
Go to "Check of
on-board
diagnostic
system"
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 12
Go to
Step 13
Go to
Step 2
System OK.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4 C.4.90 DTC P0489 EGR Driver short to earth
Circuit Description
Exhaust gas recirculation system (EGR) is to reduce nitrogen oxides (NOx) due to high-temperature combustion. The
object to reduce nitrogen oxides can be achieved through returning a small amount of exhaust gas to the chamber. The
concentration of the air/fuel mixture becomes dilute due to the return of the exhaust ga and then the temperature is
lowered.
The linear EGR valve in the system is designed according to the standard that accurately supplying exhaust gas to
engine without occupying the volume of the intake manifold. The EGR valve controls the flow amount of the exhaust gas
from the exhaust manifold into the intake manifold through the orifice (its valve pin opening is controlled by engine
control module). ECM controls the valve pin opening through the intake air amount of the throttle position (TP) sensor
and the intake air pressure (MAP) sensor. During the process of ECM controlling ignition signal, start the exhaust gas
recirculation valve when considered necessary. This process can be monitored using the malfunction diagnosis
instrument mounted on the exhaust gas recirculation system.
ECM monitors the execution result of the command through feedback signal. EGR is provided with 5V reference voltage
and the low reference voltage circuit is provided with grounding. Voltage signal will feed the valve pin opening of EGR
valve back to ECM. This feedback signal also can be monitored by the malfunction diagnosis instrument, which also can
provide the actual position of the valve pin opening of EGR valve. The actual position of EGR valve pin opening is
generally close to the required or anticipated opening position.
Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is detected through the too high or too low voltage feedback from EGR valve position.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 A circuit short to earth is found in ECM internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 The fault indicator light is lighten up after is the fault is detected out in 2 consecutive driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check the following conditions:
15. ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector exists:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
16 As the moisture is associated with the exhaust system, EGR valve may freeze at low temperature. And after the
vehicle is started and the valve is heated, the problem will disappear. The actual position and expected position of
the EGR valve of the low-temperature vehicle can be observed through the malfunction diagnosis instrument and
then the fault position can be verified. Check if the diagnostic trouble code under low temperature is set through
the record of “freeze fault state”. When judging if the temperature is low, you can refer to engine cooling water
temperature (ECT).
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0079 EGR driver short to earth
Step
Action
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Check if the powertrain on-board diagnostic system
inspection has been carried out.
1)
2)
3)
Value
Yes
——
Go to Step 2
Turn on the ignition switch and keep the engine flameout.
Connect the malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Command the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve to
open or close.
Check if the EGR valve operation is consistent with the
expected operation.
1) Turn on the ignition switch and keep the engine flameout.
2) Disconnect EGR valve electronic terminals.
3) Make the digital multimeter (DVM) grounded and probe
5V
the signal of 5V reference voltage of the pin 4
corresponding to ZK14 (red) line.
If DVM reading similar is similar to the specified value?
Connect the 5V reference voltage of the pin 4
corresponding to ZK14 (red) line and the pin 3
corresponding to A_E1 (brown/yellow) to the signal voltage
100%
circuit.
Check if the actual opening position of EGR valve is at the
specified opening position.
1) Connect the test lamp to pin B.
2) Test the condition between EGR valve and 5V reference
——
voltage circuit.
Check if the test lamp is on.
Test if the 5V reference voltage circuit and signal circuit
have poor contact and improper stretching pin and repair it
——
if necessary.
If it is necessary to be repaired?
1) Connect the test lamp to pin B.
2) Test the condition between the pin 3 of the signal circuit
——
corresponding to A_E1 (brown/yellow) and EGR valve.
Check if the test lamp is on.
Check if 5V reference voltage circuit of EGR valve is short
to ground and repair it if necessary.
——
Is it necessary to be repaired?
Check if 5V reference voltage circuit of EGR valve is open
and repair it if necessary.
——
Is it necessary to be repaired?
Replace EGR valve and check if the replacement is
——
finished.
Test if EGR valve signal voltage circuit is shorted to the
ground and repair it if necessary.
——
Is it necessary to be repaired?
Test if EGR valve signal voltage circuit is open and repair it
if necessary.
——
Is it necessary to be repaired?
1) Disconnect the ignition switch.
2) Replace ECM or not.
——
Is the replacement finished?
Test if the relevant circuit has poor contact or improper
stretching pin and repair it when necessary.
——
Is it necessary to be repaired?
1) Clear the diagnostic trouble code with the malfunction
diagnosis instrument.
2) Start the engine and keep it idling at the normal
temperature.
——
3) Operate the vehicle under the condition setting the
diagnostic trouble code in the supporting document.
Check if the malfunction diagnosis instrument indicates that
the diagnosis has run and passed.
Check if there is undiagnosed additional diagnostic code.
Check if there is transferred diagnostic trouble code which
——
is undiagnosed.
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain on-board
diagnostic system"
Go to Step 15
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 15
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 19
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 15
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 15
——
Go to Step 15
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 15
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 15
——
Go to Step 15
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 2
Go to the
corresponding
DTC list
System OK.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.91 DTC P0490 EGR Driver short to power
Circuit Description
Exhaust gas recirculation system (EGR) is to reduce nitrogen oxides (NOx) due to high-temperature combustion.
The object to reduce nitrogen oxides can be achieved through returning a small amount of exhaust gas to the chamber.
The concentration of the air/fuel mixture becomes dilute due to the return of the exhaust ga and then the temperature is
lowered.
The linear EGR valve in the system is designed according to the standard that accurately supplying exhaust gas to
engine without occupying the volume of the intake manifold. The EGR valve controls the flow amount of the exhaust gas
from the exhaust manifold into the intake manifold through the orifice (its valve pin opening is controlled by engine
control module). ECM controls the valve pin opening through the intake air amount of the throttle position (TP) sensor
and the intake air pressure (MAP) sensor. During the process of ECM controlling ignition signal, start the exhaust gas
recirculation valve when considered necessary. This process can be monitored using the malfunction diagnosis
instrument mounted on the exhaust gas recirculation system.
ECM monitors the execution result of the command through feedback signal. EGR is provided with 5V reference
voltage and the low reference voltage circuit is provided with grounding. Voltage signal will feed the valve pin opening of
EGR valve back to ECM. This feedback signal also can be monitored by the malfunction diagnosis instrument, which
also can provide the actual position of the valve pin opening of EGR valve. The actual position of EGR valve pin opening
is generally close to the required or anticipated opening position.
Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is detected through the too high or too low voltage feedback from EGR valve
position.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 A circuit short to power is found in ECM internal circuit.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 The fault indicator light is lighten up after is the fault is detected out in 2 consecutive driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check for the following situations:
1. ECU poor connection-check whether wiring harness connector exists:
 Loosening terminal;
 Poor match connection;
 Broken keeper;
 Deformed or damaged terminal;
 Poor connection of terminal with the wire;
2.
As the moisture is associated with the exhaust system, EGR valve may freeze at low temperature. And after
the vehicle is started and the valve is heated, the problem will disappear. The actual position and expected
position of the EGR valve of the low-temperature vehicle can be observed through the malfunction diagnosis
instrument and then the fault position can be verified. Check if the diagnostic trouble code under low
temperature is set through the record of “freeze fault state”. When judging if the temperature is low, you can
refer to engine cooling water temperature (ECT).
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0080 EGR driver short to power
Step
Action
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Perform the “European on-board diagnostic (EOBD) system
Check”.
Is the system check complete?
1. Stop the engine and energize the ignition device.
2. Command exhaust gas recirculation between 1 to 100%
with the malfunction diagnosis instrument and check if
the electromagnetic coil is switched on and off under the
corresponding command.
1. Disconnect the ignition switch
2. Disconnect the exhaust gas recirculation valve
3. Stop the engine and energize the ignition device.
4. Check the electromagnetic coil control circuit with the
test lamp which is reliably grounded.
5. Command exhaust gas recirculation between 0 to 10%
with the malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Check if the test lamp is ON or OFF according to
command.
1. Connect the test lamp to be between the
electromagnetic coil control circuit and the grounding
circuit.
2. Command exhaust gas recirculation between 0 to 10%
with the malfunction diagnosis instrument and check if
the electromagnetic coil is switched on and off under the
corresponding command.
Check if the test lamp flashes according to each command.
Test if the electromagnetic coil control circuit is shorted or
open to ground.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Test if the electromagnetic coil control circuit is short to
earth or open.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Check if the exhaust gas recirculation valve has poor
contact.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Check if the engine control module has poor contact.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Repair the electromagnetic coil circuit and check if the
repair is completed.
Replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve and check if
the operation is completed.
Important: When the engine control module is replaced, the
new engine control module must be programmed.
Replace the engine control module and check if the
operation is finished.
Record the fault and clear the trouble code with the
malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Operate the vehicle and check if the diagnostic trouble
code is reset in the fault record.
Value
Yes
No
Go to "Check
of on-board
diagnostic
system"
–
Go to Step 2
–
Go to
“Diagnostic
aids”
Go to Step 3
–
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
–
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 10
–
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
–
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 9
–
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 9
–
Go to Step 13 Go to Step 11
–
Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 2
System OK.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.92 DTC P0506 Too low speed by idle speed control and DTC P0507 Too high speed by
idle speed control
Circuit description
Throttle actuator control (TAC) machine is a DC one and a constituent part of the throttle body. TAC machine drives the
throttle. ECM, based on the input of the throttle position sensor, controls the TAC machine. ECM controls the idle speed
based on the multiple inputs. ECM instructs the TAC machine to close or open the throttle so as to maintain the
expected idle speed.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 If engine speed is150rpm below the target idle speed, set the fault of DTC P0506.
 If engine speed is 200rpm beyond the target idle speed, set the fault of DTC P0507.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Aids for diagnosis
Check the following parts:
For P0506:
 Too many deposits in the throttle body. Refer to the “Cleaning of the throttle body”.
 The exhaust system is jammed.
 Engine speed is limited by mechanical problems.
 There are parasitic loads on the engine, for example: the failures of the transmission or driven accessories of the
transmission belt.
- Any failure detected should be repaired as needed.
For P0507:
 Vacuum leakage;
 The throttle cannot be properly closed;
 Check whether the crankcase ventilation system functions well.
 Check for the following situations:
- Arrangement of the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) system;
- Vacuum leakage of the PCV system - See “Check/Diagnosis of the crankcase ventilation system”.
- Any failure detected should be repaired as needed.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.93 DTC P0504 Inappropriate brake light and brake signals relativity
Circuit description
The service brake switch consists of two circuits. One is the normally open brake light switch circuit and the other is the
normally close brake light switch circuit. When you step down the service brake pedal, the normally open circuit inside
the service brake switch will close and the brake light circuit will be connected. Brake light will then be lit and ECM will
take this signal as a brake signal. The normally close circuit inside the service brake switch will open and ECM will take
this signal as brake signal of the other circuit. The two brake signals ensure driving safety.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Inconformity of the brake light signal (the normally open) and brake signal (the normally close) lasts for more than
600s.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
DTC P0504 Inappropriate brake light and brake signal relativity
Step
Action
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Did you perform the check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system?
Is system check completed?
1. Ignition switch is in the state of OFF;
2. Disconnect service brake switch plug connectors.
Measure the continuity between the two pins (the
corresponding pins of the white line and the black line) of
the normally close switch with buzzer of a digital
multimeter to see whether it’s connected when the brake
pedal is free and it’s open circuit when the pedal is
stepped down?
Measure the continuity between the two pins (the
corresponding pins of the green/black line and the green
line) of the normally open switch with buzzer of a digital
multimeter to see whether it’s open circuit when the
brake pedal is free and it’s connected when the pedal is
stepped down?
Disconnect the ECM terminal plug connector.
Test whether it’s connected between wiring harness
(white line) pin of service brake switch terminal and
corresponding wiring harness (green/orange) of ECM
A_E2 pin.
Test whether it’s connected between the wiring harness
pin of service brake switch terminal (black line) and the
bonding.
Test whether it’s connected between wiring harness pin
of service brake switch terminal (green line) and
corresponding wiring harness (green/white) of ECM
A_F4 pin.
Test whether voltage between wiring harness
(green/black line) pin of service brake switch terminal
and the bonding.
Check the access line for short circuit, open circuit or
high resistance. Check for poor connection of ECU
terminal or sensor terminal plug pin.
Is failure detected and resolved?
Replace the service brake switch assembly.
Replace the ECM.
1. DTC can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis
instrument.
2. Handle the vehicle in accordance with trouble code
operating condition.
Is DTC reset?
Value (s)
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
-
-
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 11
-
Go to Step 6
-
-
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 10
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 10
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 10
About 12V
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 13
-
Go to Step 12
System OK
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.94 DTC P2299 Contradictory positions of the break and the accelerator pedal
Circuit description
When brake signal is detected by the ECM and if the accelerator pedal position signal is not within the specific range,
this DTC will be configured.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Ignition switch is in the state of ON;
 Brake signal is detected by the ECM.
 Vehicle speed signal is over 10 Km/h.
 The value of the accelerator pedal is over 4.98%.
 Engine speed is more than 1216 rpm.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Diagnosis and maintenance
1. Check if the voltage of the electrical accelerator pedal sensor 1 is between 0.56-4.78V, the voltage of the electrical
accelerator pedal sensor 2 is between 0.28-2.39V. Step on accelerator, the heavier the accelerator, the higher the
sensor voltage of the accelerator pedal.
2. Check if the wire connection between the sensor 1 signal end (white red) of accelerator pedal and the ECU pin
(B_D3) or between the sensor 2 signal end(white blue) of accelerator pedal and the ECU pin (B_B1) are conducted,
if not, please replace the line.
3. Check if the brake switch is worn or broken.
4. Replace ECU, clear the trouble code, and check if the trouble code reappears after several driving cycles.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.95 DCT P0406 EGR valve position signal high, DTC P0405 EGR valve position signal low
Circuit description
There are 3 pins connected to the EGR position sensor, namely 5V sensor (pin A_C4), sensor grounding (pin B_H2)
and sensor signal terminal (pin A_E1). The sensor voltage will display the corresponding value of EGR open degree.
Set DTC P0406 when the sensor voltage is larger than 4.78V. Set DTC P0405 when the sensor voltage is lower than
0.24V.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 EGR position sensor voltage >4.78V
 EGR position sensor voltage <0.24V
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Diagnose and maintenance
1. Check if the accumulator voltage is between 11V and 16V with a multimeter. The voltage value of accumulator will
impact the EGR position sensor’s voltage directly.
2. Check if the voltage between the EGR sensor output (blue/brown) and the ground terminal is 5V with a multimeter,
to judge if there is any short circuit in the sensor. Please replace the EGR if there is a short circuit. If not, please
check if the wire connection between EGR position sensor signal terminal (brown/yellow) and ECU pin (A_E1) is
conducted. If not, replace the line
3. Check if the voltage of EGR position sensor signal is between 0.24V-4.78V with a diagnostic instrument.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.96 DTC P0135 unreasonable heating circuit of upstream oxygen sensor
Circuit description
The upstream oxygen sensor is consisted of a heating circuit and a signal circuit. The normal work temperature of the
front oxygen sensor is around several hundred degrees, the oxygen sensor must provide an accurate signal to ECU
while the engine is starting ,moving and driving .The front oxygen sensor has to reach up a high temperature in a short
time before the engine starts up ,so that a heating circuit is need to be provided .The heating circuit failure will affect the
signal voltage of the oxygen sensor, which will directly influence the measurement of oxygen concentration in exhaust,
causing the performance of oxygen sensor to decrease.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Internal resistance of the front oxygen sensor>10000Ω
 Number of error reports detected >20
 Exhaust temperature of the front oxygen sensor <700℃
 Heating duty ratio should be around 1.17% to 99.6%
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
Diagnose and maintenance
1. Disconnect the oxygen plug, detect the output end of oxygen sensor (red line) and the heating control terminal
(purple/yellow line), measure the resistance value of the oxygen sensor heating circuit whether is between 4Ω-20
or not. If not, replace the oxygen sensor.
2. Check if the voltage value of the oxygen sensor changes between 0.4-0.9V with diagnostic device. If not, check if
the wire connection between the oxygen sensor signal end (red/yellow) and the ECU pin (B_C1) is conducted. If
not, replace the circuit.
3. Check if the voltage of the output end of the front oxygen sensor (red) and the grounding end (green/white line) is
12V, and if not, check the accumulator voltage.
4. Replace ECU, clear the trouble code, and check if the trouble code reappears after several driving cycles.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.97 DTC P0134 preparation of upstream oxygen sensor uncompleted
Circuit description
After starting the engine, ECU will automatically check the output voltage of oxygen sensor. If the voltage value is lower
than 0.48V in the regulated detection time, set trouble code P0134 and ECU will consider the oxygen sensor as not
working status, which might be caused by ECU fault, oxygen sensor fault, or oxygen sensor circuit fault, etc.
Conditions for setting trouble code


Exhaust gas temperature of the front oxygen signal sensor >350℃
Signal voltage of the front oxygen sensor is between 0.35V and 0.498V
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Diagnosis & Maintenance
1. Check if the voltage between the front oxygen sensor (red line) and the oxygen sensor grounding end (green /white
line) is 12V with a multimeter. If not, check if the accumulator voltage is between 11V and 17V.
2. Check if the signal voltage of oxygen sensor is variable between 0.4-0.9V with diagnostic unit. If not, check if the
connection between the signal end of oxygen sensor (red/yellow) and ECU pin (B_C1) is conducted with a
multimeter. If not , replace the line.
3. Check if the heating resistance of the oxygen sensor is about 4-20Ω with a multimeter. If the sensor resistance is
over 1KΩ, replace the oxygen sensor.
4. Check if the exhausting system is leaking and resulting that the front oxygen sensor heating time is too long.
5. Replace ECU, clear the trouble code, and check if the trouble code reappears after several driving cycles
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.98 DTC P2158 unreasonable wheel speed sensor signal
Circuit description
The electro-magnetic inductive wheel speed sensor mainly consists of sensor head and magnetic wire magnetic coil.
When the gear ring rotates, the tooth crest and tooth space directs to the magnetic core by turns, and the magnetic flux
alternates and changes quickly thus producing alternating voltage in the induction coil. The frequency of the alternating
voltage will vary by direct proportion according to the wheel. The electric control device can determine the wheel rotating
speed, the reference speed of the vehicle, etc. via dealing with the voltage pulse frequency inputted by wheel speed
sensor.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Vehicle speed is 0
 Engine water temperature >0
 Engine speed >2000r
 Air inflow >202mg/str
 Idling time >30s
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Diagnosis & Maintenance
1. Remove the plug of the wheel speed sensor, use the multimeter to detect the on/off of the sensor internal circuit
(pins corresponding to lines B_E1 and B_F1).
2. Check if there is an open circuit or short circuit between the connection line B_E1 and line B_F1 of the wheel speed
sensor.
3. Replace the wheel speed sensor, clear the trouble code, read the trouble code again after several driving cycles to
see if the trouble code reappears.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.99 DTC P0011 Camshaft position sensor offset in steady working condition
Circuit description
The camshaft position sensor is used for collecting the position signal of the air distribution camshaft and input ECU to
enable ECU to identify the compression TDC (Top Dead Center) of air cylinder 1, thus conducting the sequential fuel
injection control, ignition timing control and deflagration control. Besides, the camshaft position sensor is also used for
identifying the first ignition time of the engine start. When there is certain deviation between the actual camshaft position
and the theoretical camshaft position, set up fault P0011.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Camshaft position sensor >4.125
 Camshaft offset deviation integration >25
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Diagnosis & Maintenance
1. Use a multimeter to check if the voltage between camshaft position sensor power supply (purple/white) in the air
intake side and the sensor grounding (grey) is 5V. If not, check if the accumulator voltage is 13-17V. If yes, replace
the camshaft position sensor.
2. Use a multimeter to check if the wire between camshaft position sensor signal end (blue/black) and ECU pin (B_C3)
is conducted. If not, replace the circuit.
3. Replace engine oil and ECU respectively, clear the trouble code, read the trouble code after several driving cycles
to check whether the P0011 reappears again.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.100 DTC P2118 throttle position signal deviation too large
Circuit description
Installed in the throttle, the throttle position sensor can convert the open angle of the throttle into voltage signal and send
to ECU, so as to control the fuel-injection amount according to the different open degrees of the throttle. Throttle position
sensor 1 and 2 are positioned within the throttle body assembly. The sensor has circuits of the flowing:
 One reference voltage of 5V
 One low level reference voltage circuit
 Two signal circuits
When there is a failure in the throttle electric motor or throttle position sensor, the deviation of the throttle position signal
may be too large. Set up trouble code P2118 in this case.
Conditions for setting trouble code
ECU detects that the throttle position control is beyond limits.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle..
 The engine is idling.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Diagnosis & Maintenance
1. When the engine is in idling condition, use a multimeter to detect whether there is electricity in the throttle control
circuit (the circuit between pin A_G1 and pin A_F1) to determine the breakover in the interior of the throttle electric
motor. If there is no current, replace the throttle assembly.
2. Use a multimeter to detect whether the voltage between the throttle position sensor power supply terminal A_D4
(red/white) and the wire corresponding to the grounding terminal A_D2 (grey/white) is 5 V, step on the accelerator
pedal, use the diagnosis instrument to detect whether the voltage of the throttle position sensor 1 varies between
0.25-4.75V, whether the voltage of the throttle position sensor 2 varies between 4.75V-0.25V and the sum of these
two voltages is always 5V and thus remaining complementary. If not, replace the throttle assembly.
3. Use a multimeter to detect whether the circuit among throttle position sensor 1 signal terminal (white/yellow), ECU
pin (A_F3)/ throttle position sensor 2 signal terminal (brown/white) and ECU pin (A_C1) is conducted. If not, replace
the throttle assembly.
4. Replace ECU, clear the trouble code, and check whether the trouble code reappears again after several driving
cycles.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.101 DTC P2096 fuel correction too dilut/ P2097 fuel correction too dense
Circuit description
Fuel correction consists of short term fuel correction and long term fuel correction; the former is caused by the failure of
one sensor in short time and the latter is the comprehensive result of several control units. The long term fuel correction
has more reference significance than the short term fuel correction. When there is a failure in one sensor or system, the
deviation in the fuel correction may exceed over ±15%. Then it is likely to set up DTCs P2096 and P2097.
Conditions for setting trouble code
1 The engine is in steady working condition
2 The fuel correction deviation excesses ±15%
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Diagnosis & Maintenance
1
Check whether there is leak in the air intake system thus resulting in insufficient air intake.
2
Measure whether the fuel pressure is around 350KPA. If not, check fuel system.
3
Detect whether there is failure in three-way catalyst. If yes, replace the three-way catalyst.
4
Detect the fuel quality, for poor fuel quality will also result in excessive fuel correction deviation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.102 DTC P0606 processor communication error
Circuit description
Processor communication error refers to the abnormal signal connection between ECU and control units. This trouble
code may be caused by the refit of the non-original accessories or ECU internal circuit failure.
Conditions for setting trouble code
ECU interior automatically detects the processor communication error.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Diagnosis & Maintenance
1
Read the corresponding data flow of oxygen sensor, air intake temperature sensor and throttle position sensor etc.,
observe the unusual data flow and conduct statistical analysis, and carry out single-point exclusion for each sensor.
2
The processor communication error is most likely caused by the failure of ECU itself. Replace ECU and clear the
trouble code, and then check whether the trouble code reappears again after several driving cycles
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.103 DTC P2120 accelerator pedal disconnection diagnosis
Circuit description
In the Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) system, the function of the Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor is to send
APP to ECU in the form of electric signal. According to various sensor signals such as engine speed, gears, throttle
position, air-conditioning energy consumption etc., ECU calculates the overall torque the entire vehicle requires, obtains
the optimal opening of the throttle through compensating the throttle corner expectation value, and sends the
corresponding voltage signal to the drive circuit module, driving and controlling the electric motor to make the throttle
reach to the optimal opening position. The throttle position sensor reports the opening signal of the throttle back to the
throttle control unit, forming the closed loop position control.
Conditions for setting trouble code
ECU interior detects accelerator pedal disconnection diagnosis.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 1 continuous driving cycle.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Diagnosis & Maintenance
1
Use a multimeter to detect whether the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor power supply 1 (green)
and grounding terminal/between accelerator pedal position sensor power supply 2 (red) and grounding terminal is
5V. Use the diagnostic unit to detect whether the signal voltage of accelerator pedal position sensor 1 is between
0.56-4.78V and whether the signal voltage of accelerator pedal position sensor 2 is between 0.28V-2.39V. If not,
replace the accelerator pedal position sensor.
2
Use a multimeter to detect whether the circuit between accelerator pedal position sensor signal 1 (white/red) and
ECU pin (B_D3)/ between accelerator pedal position sensor signal 2 (white/blue) and ECU pin (B_B1) is conducted.
If not, replace the line.
3
Replace ECU, clear the trouble code and check whether the trouble code reappears again after several driving
cycles
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.104 DTC P0141 unreasonabl heating circuite of downstream oxygen sensor
Circuit description
The function of oxygen sensor is to measure the oxygen content in the engine exhaust gas to correct the fuel-injection
amount so as to make the motor obtain the optimal air-fuel ratio. The electronic control unit continuously monitors the
oxygen sensor heater to make sure there is no open circuit, short circuit or over consumption of the current. This trouble
code will occur when the current consumption exceeds the standardized limits or there is open circuit or short circuit
detected.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 Back oxygen sensor internal resistance >10000Ω
 Errors detected >20 times
 Exhaust temperature of back oxygen sensor <750℃
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Diagnosis & Maintenance
1
Use a multimeter to detect whether the voltage between the back oxygen sensor heating power (red) and the
grounding terminal is 12 V. Use a diagnostic unit to read whether the signal voltage of back oxygen sensor is
between 0.4V-0.9V. Use a multimeter to measure whether the oxygen sensor heating resistance is between
4Ω-20Ω. If not, replace oxygen sensor.
2
Use a multimeter to detect whether the circuit between the oxygen sensor signal terminal (red/green) and ECU pin
(B_A3) is conducted. If not, replace the line.
3
Check whether there is problem like corrosion in the back oxygen sensor. If yes, replace the back oxygen sensor
and clear this trouble code.
4
Replace ECU, clear the trouble code and check whether the trouble code reappears after several driving cycles.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.105 DTC P060C main controller monitoring fault
Circuit description
There are two sets of independent hardware in the motor ECU, using for function module and monitor module
respectively. The function module is used for receiving and tackling the sensor signals, controlling the executor, and
also checking the normal function of the monitor module, while the monitor module is only used for checking the normal
work of the function module.
Conditions for setting trouble code
ECU interior automatically detects the main controller monitoring fault.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Diagnosis & Maintenance
Clear the trouble code and check whether the trouble code reappears after several driving cycles. If yes, replace the
ECU.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.106 DTC P061A reasonability monitoring fault of required torque and actual torque P061B actual or
required torque exceeding the allowable value.
Circuit description
There are two independent sets of hardware in the motor ECU, using for function module and monitor module
respectively. The function module is used for receiving and tackling the sensor signals, controlling the executor, and
also checking the normal function of the monitor module, while the monitor module is only used for checking the normal
work of the function module. When ECU detects that the required torque and actual torque are unconformable, set up
trouble code P061A; set the trouble code P061B when the actual or required torque exceeds the limits.
Conditions for setting trouble code
 The deviation between the required torque and the actual torque exceeds the limits.
 The actual or required torque exceeds the limits.
Actions taken when diagnostic trouble code is set
 It will enter into failure memory immediately a malfunction arises.
 Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) will be lit when malfunction is detected in 2 continuous driving cycles.
Conditions for turning off the MIL/clearing DTC
 If no malfunction in 3 consecutive driving cycles occurs, turn off the MIL.
 When 40 consecutive pre-heating cycles run fault-freely, trouble code will be cleared.
 Trouble code can be cleared with a malfunction diagnosis instrument.
Diagnosis & Maintenance
1
Detect whether there is problem like leak in the air intake system thus causing the decrease of the air intake. If yes,
replace the air intake system.
2
Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistance of the engine coolant temperature sensor is between
2.5KΩ-4KΩ (under normal temperature). If not, replace temperature sensor. If yes, use a multimeter to detect
whether the circuit between the temperature signal terminal (blue/black) and ECU pin (A_D3) is conducted. If not,
replace the circuit.
3
Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistance of the crankshaft position sensor is between 1.2KΩ-1.6KΩ,
and the voltage between power supply output terminal (red) and the grounding terminal is between 4.75V-5.25V. If
not, replace crankshaft position sensor. If yes, use a multimeter to detect whether the circuit between the signal
terminal (blue/yellow) of the crankshaft position sensor and the ECU pin is conducted. If not, replace circuit.
4
Replace ECU, clear the trouble code and check whether the trouble code reappears after several driving cycles.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.107 Symptom
Important preliminary checks before starting
Before using the symptom table:
1. Perform the "Check of powertrain on board diagnostic (OBD) system" and verify all of the following items:
 The ECM and Malfunction indicating lamp (MIL) are operating correctly.
 There are no DTCs stored.
 The scan tool data is within the normal operating range. Refer to the "List of scan tool data".
2. Verify the complaints of customers.
3. Perform the visual inspection. Locate the correct symptom in the list at the end of this section. Follow the
procedures in the appropriate diagnostic table. If the problem cannot be duplicated, also refer to "Intermittent
conditions".
Visual inspection
Several of the symptom procedures call for a careful visual inspection. This can lead to correcting a problem without
further checks and can save valuable time. This check should include the following items:
 Inspect the engine control unit (ECU) grounds for being clean, tight, and in their proper location.
 Inspect vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and proper connections, as shown on the vehicle emission control
information label. Inspect thoroughly for any type of leak or restriction.
 Inspect the air intake ducts for collapsed or damaged areas.
 Inspect for air leaks at the throttle body mounting area.
 Inspect the wiring harness for poor connections, pinches, cuts, or other damages.
 Inspect for loose, damaged, or missing sensors/components.
Use the following tables when diagnosing symptom complaints:
 Starting difficulty
 Surges/chugging
 Lack of power, sluggishness or sponginess
 Knock/spark knock
 Hesitation, sag and stumble
 Cuts out and misses
 Poor fuel economy
 Rough, unstable or incorrect idle and stalling
 Ignition Off, dieseling and run-on of throttle rear engine
 Backfiring
 Check of restricted exhaust system
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.108 Intermittent conditions
Check
Action
Definition: The problem is not currently present but is indicated in DTC history. There is a customer complaint, but the
symptom cannot currently be duplicated (if the problem is not DTC related).
Preliminary checks
Refer to "Important Preliminary checks" in "Symptoms", before starting.
The fault must be present to locate a problem using the DTC table. If a fault is intermittent,
the use of DTC tables may result in the replacement of good parts.
Check of
Many intermittent open or shorted circuits come and go with harness/connector movement
harness/connector
caused by vibration, engine torque, bumps/ rough pavement, etc. Inspect for this type of
condition by performing the applicable procedure from the following list:
●
Move related connectors and wiring harnesses while monitoring the appropriate scan
tool data.
●
Move related connectors and wiring harnesses with the component commanded on (and
off) with the scan tool. Observe the component's operation.
●
With the engine running, move related connectors and wiring harnesses while
monitoring the engine operation. If the harness or connector movement affects the data
displayed, component/system operation, or engine operation, inspect and repair the
harness/connections as necessary. Refer to the "Electrical connections or wiring" in this
table.
Snapshot of scan tool
The scan tool can be set up to take a snapshot of the parameters available. The snapshot
function records live data over a period of time. The recorded data can be played back and
analyzed. The scan tool can also graph parameters singly or in combinations of parameters
for comparison. The snapshot can be triggered manually at the time the symptom is noticed,
or set up in advance to trigger when a DTC sets. An abnormal value captured in the recorded
data may point to a system or component that needs to be investigated further.
Electrical connections
Poor electrical connections/terminal tension or wiring problems cause most intermittent
and wiring
problems. Perform a careful inspection of the suspected circuit for the following:
 Inspect for poor mating of the connector halves, or terminals not fully seated in the
connector body (backed-out).
 Inspect for improperly formed or damaged terminals. Test for poor terminal tension.
 Inspect for poor terminal-to-wire connections including terminals crimped over insulation.
This requires removing the terminal from the connector body to test.
 Inspect for corrosion/water intrusion.
 Pinched, cut or rubbed through wiring.
 A misrouted harness that is too close to high voltage/high current devices such as
secondary ignition components, motors, and generator etc. These components may
induce electrical noise on a circuit that could interfere with the normal circuit operation.
 Improper installation of non-factory (aftermarket) adds on accessories.
IntermittentMalfunction
The following conditions may cause an intermittent MIL and no DTCs:
indicating lamp (MIL)
 Electrical system interference caused by a malfunctioning relay, ECU driven solenoid, or
with no
switch. They can cause a sharp electrical surge. Normally, the problem will occur when
DTCs
the malfunctioning component is operating.
 Improper installation of non-factory (aftermarket) adds on accessories such as lights,
radios, motors, etc.
 TheMalfunction indicating lamp (MIL) circuit intermittently shorted to ground.
 Poor ECU grounds.
Loss of DTC memory
In order to test for loss of DTC memory, perform the following tests:
1. Disconnect the ECT sensor.
2. Start the engine.
3. Monitor the DTC status for the DTC using a scan tool.
4. Allow the engine to idle until the DTC diagnostic runs.
5. Turn the key to OFF and wait for at least 30seconds.
6. Turn ON the ignition.
7. Monitor the scanning instrument for DTCs.
The ECU should store and retain this information in memory even after turning off the ignition
for at least 30seconds (The information should be stored indefinitely as long as the ECU
battery feed and ground circuits are uninterrupted). If the DTC info is not retained, and the
ECU power and grounds are OK, the ECU is malfunctioning.
Additional checks
Test for an open diode across the A/C compressor clutch and for other open diodes.
Improper installation of non-factory (aftermarket) add on accessories such as lights, radios,
motors, etc. Test the generator for a bad rectifier bridge that maybe allowing the DC noise
into the electrical system.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.92 Starting difficulty
Check
Action
Definition: Engine cranks OK, but does not start for a long time. Does eventually run, or may start but immediately dies.
Preliminary checks
 Refer to the "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system".
 Refer to the "Intermittent Conditions" before starting.
 Search for bulletins.
Sensor/system
 Inspect the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor for being shifted in value. Connect
a scan tool and compare the ECT with the intake air temperature (IAT) on a cold engine.
The ECT and IAT should be within ±3°C(5°F)of each other. Check the resistance of the
ECT sensor if the temperature is out of range with the IAT sensor. If the ECT sensor
resistance is not within the specification, refer to the "Engine coolant temperature (ECT)
sensor circuit low voltage" or the "Intake air temperature (IAT) sensor circuit high
voltage".
 Inspect for the crankshaft position sensor on the scan tool. If it is not responding, inspect
the sensor feed circuit.
 Inspect the MAP sensor for proper installation and connection.
 Using a scan tool, check the idle air control (IAC) operation. Refer to the "Diagnosis of
idle air control system".
Fuel system
 Inspect the fuel pump relay circuit for proper operation. Refer to the "Diagnosis of fuel
pump electrical circuit".
 Inspect for too low fuel pressure. Refer to the "Test of fuel system pressure".
 Inspect for faulty fuel injectors. Remove the fuel injectors, and inspect the fuel injectors
for leaks or for restrictions by using the special clean and analytic instrument.
 Inspect for contaminated fuel. Refer to "Alcohol/contaminants" in "Fuel diagnosis".
Ignition system
If the spark is not present at the plugs, inspect for the following conditions:
 Inspect the coils for cracks, carbon tracking/arcing or a resistance value outside the
specified range. The coil resistance is 11-15 kilo ohms.
 Inspect the spark plug wires for signs of arcing/cross firing, cracks, carbon tracking, plug
boot damage, pinched, improper routing or a resistance value outside the specified
range.
Important: Spraying the secondary ignition wires with a light mist of water may help locate
an intermittent problem. Ignition components will arc to ground when a secondary
component is faulty.
 Defective module
 Ignition system wiring - loose ignition module feed or ground connection, or damaged
system wiring.
Remove the spark plugs and inspect for the following:
 Fouled plugs
 Cracks
 Wearing
 Improper gap
 Burned or damaged electrodes
 Correct model
If the spark plugs are gas or oil fouled, the cause of the fouling must be determined before
replacing the spark plugs.
Engine mechanical
Excessive oil in combustion chamber - leaking valve seals.
Too low cylinder compression - refer to "Engine compression test" in "Engine mechanical".
For incorrect basic engine parts, inspect the following:
 Cylinder head
 Camshaft and valve train components
 Pistons, etc.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.110 Surges/chugging
Check
Action
Definition: Engine power variation under steady throttle or constant speed. Feels like the vehicle speeds up and slows
down with no change in the accelerator pedal.
Preliminary checks
 Refer to the "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system".
 Refer to the "Intermittent conditions".
 Search for bulletins.
Sensor/system
 Inspect the heated oxygen sensors. The heated oxygen sensors should respond quickly
to different throttle positions. If not, inspect the HO2S for silicon and other contaminants
from fuel or use of improper sealant. The sensors may have a white powdery coating.
Silicon contamination causes a too high but false HO2S signal voltage (too rich exhaust
indication). Refer to "Silicon contamination of heated oxygen sensors notice". The PCM
will reduce the amount of fuel delivered to the engine, causing a severe drivability
problem.
 Inspect MAP related wiring.
Fuel system
 Inspect the fuel pressure. Refer to the "Test of fuel system pressure".
 Inspect for contaminated fuel. Refer to the "Alcohol/contaminants" in the "Fuel
diagnosis".
 Ensure each injector harness is connected to the correct injector/ cylinder.
Ignition system
If the spark is not present at the plugs, inspect for the following conditions:
 Inspect the coils for cracks, carbon tracking/arcing or a resistance value outside the
specified range. The coil resistance is 11-15 kilo ohms
 Inspect the spark plug wires for signs of arcing/cross firing, cracks, carbon tracking, plug
boot damage, pinched, improper routing or a resistance value outside the specified
range.
Important note: Determine the intermittent faults. If there is fault with the secondary ignition
components, sparks will be generated by the ignition components towards the grounding.
 Defective ignition module
 Ignition system wiring - loose ignition module feed or ground connection, or damaged
system wiring.
Remove the spark plugs and inspect for the following:
 Fouled plugs
 Cracks
 Chafing
 Improper gap
 Burned or damaged electrodes
 Correct model
If the spark plugs are gas or oil fouled, the cause of the fouling must be determined before
replacing the spark plugs.
Additional checks
Inspect the exhaust system for possible restriction:
 Inspect the exhaust system for damaged or collapsed pipes.
 Inspect the mufflers for heat distress or possible internal failure.
 Inspect for possible plugged three-way catalytic converter by checking the exhaust
system back pressure. Refer to the "Check of restricted exhaust system".
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.111 Lack of power, sluggishness or sponginess
Check
Action
Definition: The engine delivers less than expected power. There is little or no increase in delivered power when the
accelerator pedal is applied.
Ignition system
If the spark is not present at the plugs, inspect for the following conditions:
 Inspect the coils for cracks, carbon tracking/arcing or a resistance value outside the specified
range. The coil resistance is 11-15 kilo ohms
 Inspect the spark plug wires for signs of arcing/cross firing, cracks, carbon tracking, plug
boot damage, pinched, improper routing or a resistance value outside the specified range.
Important: Spraying the secondary ignition wires with a light mist of water may help locate an
intermittent problem. Ignition components will arc to ground when a secondary ignition
component is faulty.
 Defective ignition module
 Ignition system wiring - loose ignition module feed or ground connection, or damaged system
wiring.
Remove the spark plugs and inspect for the following:
 Fouled plugs
 Cracks
 Chafing
 Improper gap
 Burned or damaged electrodes
 Correct model
If the spark plugs are gas or oil fouled, the cause of the fouling must be determined before
replacing the spark plugs.
Engine mechanical Excessive oil in combustion chamber - leaking valve seals.
Too low cylinder compression.
For incorrect basic engine parts, inspect the following:
 Camshaft
 Cylinder head
 Pistons, etc.
Additional checks
Inspect the exhaust system for possible restriction. Inspect the following conditions:
 Inspect the exhaust system for damaged or collapsed pipes.
 Inspect the mufflers for heat distress or possible internal failure.
 Inspect for possible plugged three-way catalytic converter. Refer to the "Exhaust Leakage" in
the "Check of engine exhaust and restricted exhaust system".
 Inspect the clutch for proper operation.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.112 Knock/spark knock
Check
Action
Definition: A mild to severe ping, usually worse under acceleration. The engine makes sharp metallic knocks that
changes with throttle opening.
Preliminary checks
 Refer to the "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system".
 Refer to the "Intermittent conditions" before starting.
 Search for bulletins.
Fuel system
 Inspect the too low fuel pressure. Refer to the "Fuel system pressure test".
 Inspect for contaminated fuel. Refer to the "Alcohol/contaminants" in the "Fuel diagnosis".
Ignition system
 Inspect the spark plugs for proper heat value. Refer to the "Spark plug Usage" in the "Engine
electrical".
Engine cooling
Inspect for obvious overheating problems:
system
 Too low engine coolant.
 Restricted air flow to radiator, or restricted water flow through radiator.
 Inoperative electric cooling fan circuits.
 Correct coolant solution should be a 48/52 mix. Refer to the "Coolant description" in the
"Engine cooling".
Engine mechanical
Excessive oil in combustion chamber - leaking valve seals.
Too low cylinder compression - Refer to the "Engine compression test" in the "Engine
mechanical".
Excessive carbon buildup in the combustion chambers. Clean the chambers with top engine
cleaner. Follow instructions on can.
For incorrect basic engine parts, inspect the following:
 Camshaft
 Cylinder head
 Pistons, etc.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.113 Hesitation, sag and stumble
Check
Action
Definition: Momentary lack of response as the accelerator pedal is pushed down. Can occur at any vehicle speed.
Usually more pronounced when first trying to make the vehicle move, as from a stop sigN•may cause the engine to stall
if severe enough.
Preliminary checks Refer to the "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system".
Refer to the "Intermittent conditions".
Search for bulletins.
Sensor/system
Inspect the heated oxygen sensors. The heated oxygen sensors should respond quickly to
different throttle openings. If not, inspect the HO2S for silicon or other contaminants from fuel or
use of improper sealant. The sensors may have a white powdery coating. Silicon contamination
causes a too high but false HO2S signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). Refer to the "Silicon
contamination of heated oxygen sensors notice". The PCM will reduce the amount of fuel
delivered to the engine, causing a severe drivability problem.
Inspect the crankshaft position sensor on the scan tool. If it is not responding, inspect the sensor
feed circuit.
Inspect the TP sensor and related wiring.
Inspect MAP sensor and related wiring.
Fuel system
Inspect the fuel pressure. Refer to the 'Test of fuel system pressure".
Inspect for contaminated fuel. Refer to the "Alcohol/contaminants" in the "Fuel diagnosis".
Inspect the injectors.
Inspect items which can cause an engine to run rich.
Inspect items that can cause an engine to run lean.
Ignition system
If the spark is not present at the plugs, inspect for the following conditions:
 Inspect the coils for cracks, carbon tracking/arcing or a resistance value outside the specified
range. The coil resistance is 11-15 kilo ohms
 Inspect the spark plug wires for signs of arcing/cross firing, cracks, carbon tracking, plug boot
damage, pinched, improper routing or a resistance value outside the specified range.
Important: Spraying the secondary ignition wires with a light mist of water may help locate an
intermittent problem. The ignition components will arc to ground when a secondary ignition
component is faulty.
 Defective module
 Ignition system wiring - loose ignition module feed or ground connection, or damaged system
wiring
Remove the spark plugs and inspect for the following:
 Fouled plugs
 Cracks
 Chafing
 Improper gap
 Burned or damaged electrodes
 Correct model
If the spark plugs are gas or oil fouled, the cause of the fouling must be determined before
replacing the spark plugs.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.114 Power failure or insufficiency
Examination
Action
Definition: engine speed is pulsating continuously or non-uniform, usually more obviously with engine load increase.
Preliminary checks
Fuel system
Refer to the "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system".
Refer to the "Intermittent conditions".
Search for bulletins.
Inspect the fuel pressure. Refer to the 'Test of fuel system pressure".
Inspect the injectors.
Inspect for contaminated fuel. Refer to the "Alcohol/contaminants" in the "Fuel
diagnosis".
1.

Sensor / System
Inspect the conditions causing incorrect idling:
Throttle clogged, sediment excessive or damaged - refer to "Instructions
of fuel metering system components".

Clogging of air intake system

Vacuum leak
2.
Inspect the throttle position sensor and associated circuit wires. Refer to
"High voltage of throttle position (TP) sensor".
3.
Inspect if the operation of crankcase forced ventilation is normal.
Refer to the “Instructions of crankcase ventilation system”.
4.
Check if the following components are damaged:

Crankshaft position sensor is damaged
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Power failure or insufficiency (continued)
Examination
Ignition system
Action
If the spark is not present at the plugs, inspect for the following conditions:
 Inspect the coils for cracks, carbon tracking/arcing or a resistance value
outside the specified range. The coil resistance is 11-15 kilo ohms
 Inspect the spark plug wires for signs of arcing/cross firing, cracks, carbon
tracking, plug boot damage, pinched, improper routing or a resistance value
outside the specified range.
Important: Spraying the secondary ignition wires with a light mist of water may
help locate an intermittent problem. The ignition components will arc to ground
when a secondary ignition component is faulty.
 Defective ignition module
 Ignition system wiring - loose ignition module feed or ground connection, or
damaged system wiring
Remove the spark plugs and inspect for the following:
 Fouled plugs
 Cracks
 Chafing
 Improper gap
 Burned or damaged electrodes
 Correct model
If the spark plugs are gas or oil fouled, the cause of the fouling must be
determined before replacing the spark plugs.
Check the following intermittent ignition system conditions；
 Crankshaft position sensor signal is intermittent.
 The connection of ignition power-supply circuit or sensor grounding
circuit to crankshaft position sensor is intermittent.
Engine mechanical
Additional examination
Inspect the engine for the following conditions:
 Check of compression
 Sticking or leaking valves
 Camshaft lobes worn
 Valve timing
 Worn rocker arms
 Broken valve springs
 Excessive oil in combustion chamber - leaking valve seals
 Too low cylinder compression
For the incorrect basic engine parts, inspect for the following:
 Camshaft
 Cylinder head
 Pistons, etc
Inspect the exhaust system for possible restriction.
 Inspect the exhaust system for damaged or collapsed pipes.
 Inspect the mufflers for heat distress or possible internal failure
 Inspect for possible plugged three-way catalytic converter.
The electromagnetic interference (EMI) on the reference circuit can cause an
engine misfire condition. EMI can usually be detected by monitoring engine RPM
with a scan tool. A sudden increase in RPM with little increase in actual engine
RPM indicates the EMI is present. If a problem exists, check the routing of
secondary ignition wires of high voltage components (near the ignition control
circuits).
 Inspect for intake and exhaust manifold passages for casting flash.
 Inspect for a faulty motor mount.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.115 Poor fuel economy
Check
Action
Definition: Fuel economy, as measured by an actual road test is noticeably lower than the expected value. Also, the fuel
economy is noticeably lower than it was on this vehicle at one time, as previously shown by an actual road test.
Preliminary checks
 Refer to the "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system".
 Refer to the "Intermittent conditions".
 Search for bulletins.
Observe the owner’s driving habits:
 Is the A/C used frequently?
 Are the tires at the correct pressure?
 Are the tires blocked?
 Are excessively heavy loads being carried?
 Is acceleration too much, too often?
Fuel system
 Inspect the fuel pressure. Refer to the "Test of fuel system pressure".
 Inspect for the fuel injector.
 Inspect for contaminated fuel. Refer to the "Alcohol/contaminants" in the "Fuel
diagnosis".
 Ensure that each injector harness is connected to the correct injector/cylinder.
Sensor/system
 Inspect for crankshaft position and camshaft position sensors on the scan tool. If both are
not responding, inspect the sensor feed circuit.
 Check the air intake system and crankcase for air leaks.
 Inspect for proper calibration of the speedometer.
Ignition system
If the spark is not present at the plugs, inspect for the following conditions:
 Inspect the coils for cracks, carbon tracking/arcing or a resistance value outside the
specified range. The coil resistance is 11-15 kilo ohms
 Inspect the spark plug wires for signs of arcing/cross firing, cracks, carbon tracking, plug
boot damage, pinched, improper routing or a resistance value outside the specified
range.
Important: Spraying the secondary ignition wires with a light mist of water may help locate an
intermittent problem. The ignition components will arc to ground when a secondary ignition
component is faulty.
 Defective ignition module
 Ignition system wiring - loose ignition module feed or ground connection, or damaged
system wiring.
Remove the spark plugs and inspect for the following:
 Fouled plugs
 Cracks
 Chafing
 Improper gap
 Burned or damaged electrodes
 Correct model
If the spark plugs are gas or oil fouled, the cause of the fouling must be determined before
replacing the spark plugs.
Engine cooling system  Inspect the engine coolant for proper level.
 Inspect for an incorrect or faulty engine thermostat. Refer to the "Thermostat diagnosis
(Slow Warm Up) and "Thermostat Diagnosis (Overheating)" in the "Engine cooling".
Engine mechanical
Inspect the engine for the following conditions:
 Check of compression
 Sticking or leaking valves
 Camshaft lobes worn
 Valve timing
 Worn rocker arms
 Broken valve springs
 Excessive oil in combustion chamber - leaking valve seals
For the incorrect basic engine parts, inspect for the following:
 Camshaft
 Cylinder head
 Pistons, etc
Additional checks
 Inspect for a restricted exhaust system:
 Inspect the exhaust system for damaged or collapsed pipes.
 Inspect the muffler for heat distress or possible internal failure.
 Inspect for possible plugged three-way catalytic converter.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.116 Rough, unstable or incorrect idle and stalling
Check
Action
Definition: The engine runs unevenly at the idle speed. If severe, the engine or vehicle may shake. The engine idle
speed may vary. Either condition may be severe enough to stall the engine.
Preliminary checks
 Refer to the "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system".
 Refer to the "Intermittent conditions".
 Search for bulletins.
Fuel system
 Inspect for fuel pressure. Refer to the "Test of fuel system pressure".
 Check the condition of the injector.
 Inspect for contaminated fuel.
 Ensure each injector harness is connected to the correct injector/cylinder.
Sensor/system
Inspect for conditions which cause an incorrect idle speed:
 Throttle body tampering, excessive deposits or damage - Refer to the "Description of
fuel metering system component".
 Restricted air intake system.
 Large vacuum leak.
Check the following items:
 Check for the proper Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) operation.
 Check the TP sensor and related wiring.
 Check for the proper sensor circuit voltage.
Ignition system
If there is no spark on the plug, inspect for the following conditions:
1. Inspect the coils for cracks, carbon tracking/arcing or a resistance value outside the
specified range. The coil resistance is 11-15 kilo ohms.
2. Inspect the spark plug wires for signs of arcing/cross firing, cracks, carbon tracking,
plug boot damage, pinched, improper routing or a resistance value outside the
specified range. The spark plug wire resistance is 1.8-6.4 kilo ohms/ft.
Important: Spraying the secondary ignition wires with a light mist of water may help locate
an intermittent problem. The ignition component will arc to ground when a secondary ignition
component is faulty.
 Defective ignition module
 Ignition system wiring - loose ignition module feed or ground connection, or damaged
system wiring
Remove the spark plugs and inspect for the following conditions:
 Fouled plugs
 Cracks
 Chafing
 Improper gap
 Burned or damaged electrodes
 Correct model
If the spark plugs are gas or oil fouled, the cause of the fouling must be determined before
replacing the spark plugs.
Engine mechanical
Inspect the engine for the following conditions:
 Check of compression
 Sticking or leaking valves
 Camshaft lobes worn
 Valve timing
 Worn rocker arms
 Broken valve springs
 Excessive oil in combustion chamber - Leaking valve seals
For incorrect basic engine parts, inspect for the following:
 Camshaft
 Cylinder head
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Check
Additional checks
Action
 Pistons, etc
 Inspect for a restricted exhaust system.
 Inspect the exhaust system for damaged or collapsed pipes.
 Inspect the muffler for heat distress or possible internal failure.
 Inspect for possible plugged three-way catalytic converter.
 Inspect for a faulty motor mount.
The electromagnetic interference (EMI) on the reference circuit can cause an engine misfire
condition. EMI can usually be detected by monitoring engine RPM with a scan tool. A
sudden increase in RPM with little increase in actual engine RPM indicates the EMI is
present. If a problem exists, check the routing of secondary ignition wires of high voltage
components (near the ignition control circuits).
 Inspect for a faulty motor mount.
 Inspect for intake and exhaust manifold passages for casting flash.
6.4C.4.117 Dieseling and run-on
Check
Action
Definition: The engine continues to run after the key is turned off, but runs very roughly. If the engine runs smoothly,
check the ignition switch and adjust it.
Preliminary checks
 Refer to the "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system".
 Refer to the "Intermittent conditions".
 Search for bulletins.
Fuel system
 Inspect for the fuel injector.
Additional checks
 Inspect for a short between the battery positive voltage and any of the ignitions feed
circuits.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.101 Backfiring
Check
Action
Definition: The fuel ignites in the intake manifold, or in the exhaust manifold, making a loud popping noise.
Preliminary checks
 Refer to the "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system".
 Refer to the "Intermittent conditions".
 Search for bulletins.
Sensor/system
Inspect for the following intermittent ignition system conditions:
 Intermittent crankshaft position signal
 Intermittent ignition feed circuit or sensor ground circuit to the crankshaft position
sensor
 Inspect for the MAP sensor.
Fuel system
 Inspect for the too low fuel pressure. Refer to the "Test of fuel system pressure".
 Inspect for contaminated fuel. Refer to the "Alcohol/contaminants in the "Fuel
diagnosis".
 Ensure each injector harness is connected to the correct injector/cylinder.
Ignition system
If there is no spark on the plug, inspect for the following conditions:
 Inspect the coils for cracks, carbon tracking/arcing or a resistance value outside the
specified range. The coil resistance is 11-15 kilo ohms.
 Spark plug wires - Signs of arcing/cross firing, cracks, carbon tracking, plug boot
damage, pinched, improper routing or a resistance value outside the specified range.
Important: Spraying the secondary ignition wires with a light mist of water may help locate
an intermittent problem. The ignition component will arc to ground when a secondary ignition
component is faulty.
 Ignition module damage
 Ignition system wiring - loose ignition module feed or ground connection, or damaged
system wiring
Remove the spark plugs and inspect for the following conditions:
 Fouled plugs
 Cracks
 Chafing
 Improper gap
 Burned or damaged electrodes
 Correct model
If the spark plugs are gas or oil fouled, the cause of the fouling must be determined before
replacing the spark plugs.
Engine mechanical
Inspect the engine for the following conditions:
 Check of compression
 Sticking or leaking valves
 Camshaft lobes worn
 Valve timing
 Bent push rod
 Worn rocker arms
 Broken valve springs
 Excessive oil in combustion chamber - leaking valve seals
 Too low cylinder compression
For incorrect basic engine parts, inspect for the following:
 Camshaft
 Cylinder head
 Pistons, etc
Additional checks
 Inspect for intake and exhaust manifolds for casting flash.
 Inspect for a restricted exhaust system.
 Inspect the exhaust system for damaged or collapsed pipes.
 Inspect the muffler for heat distress or possible internal failure.
 Inspect for possible plugged three-way catalytic converter. Refer to the "Exhaust
leakage" in the "Check of engine exhaust and restricted exhaust system".
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.119 Diagnosis of engine control module
Check of engine diagnostic system
Important: Understanding the table and using it correctly will reduce the diagnostic time and prevent the unnecessary
replacement of parts.
After the completion of visual inspection, the "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system" should be
performed. The "Check of OBD system" will provide the direction of diagnosing the following conditions:
 The engine control module (ECM) inoperative or damaged, no ECM data, or service engine soon (refer to
Malfunction indicating lamp), MIL inoperative
 The DTCs of ECM
 The too rich or too lean fuel system
 The symptoms of customer complaint drivability
The "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system" is designed as a master table for drivability and emissions
system diagnosis. It should always be used as the starting point for the powertrain diagnosis. It is an organized
approach for identifying a problem. The Driver's comments normally fall into one of the following areas:
 Steady MIL indicating “service engine soon”
 Drivability problem
 The engine will not start or stalls after start
Use of diagnostic procedure
The diagnostic procedure used in this chapter is designed to find and repair the powertrain related problems. The
general approach is to find the appropriate diagnosis scheme for a problem with five basic steps described below.
 Understand the complaints of customers. It is critical that the technician understands what the customers' complaint
is; Otherwise, this may lead to the misdiagnosis or unnecessary diagnosis. Among other things, the technician
must know whether the condition is present at all times, only under certain circumstances, or truly intermittent
(random). This will assist the technician in duplicating and diagnosing the problem. Another reason the technician
must understand the customers' complaint is that the technician may determine whether the complaint requires
service or is the normal vehicle operation. Trying to diagnose a complaint that is normal will waste time and may
result in the unnecessary service.
 Are the diagnostics working properly? Use the "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD) system". This is
the starting point for the diagnostic procedure. Always begin here.
 Are the DTCs displayed? If a DTC is identified by diagnostics, the "Check of powertrain on-board diagnostic (OBD)
system" will direct you to the appropriate table.
 Is the customers' complaint related to a specific powertrain subsystem? If no related DTCs are set, the next
quickest way to locate the problem is to narrow it down to a specific powertrain subsystem. If a specific subsystem
can be pinpointed as the cause, it is easier to diagnose.
 Is the problem powertrain related? Some customers' complaints may appear to be powertrain related but are
actually caused by other vehicle systems.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Basic knowledge required
You must be familiar with some of the basics to use this section of the service manual. They will help you to follow
diagnostic procedures in this section.
Basic electrical circuits
You should have an understanding of basic electricity and know the meaning of voltage (volts), current (amps), and
resistance (ohms). You should understand what happens in a circuit with an open or a shorted wire and you should be
able to identify a shorted or open circuit using a DMM.
Use of digital multimeter (DMM)
You should be familiar with the digital multimeter (DMM). You should be able to use the DMM to measure voltage (volts),
resistance (ohms), current (amps), capacitance (farads), intermittent (min/max) and frequency (Hertz).
Use of circuit testing tools
You should only use a test lamp when a diagnostic procedure refers to its use. You should know how to use fused
jumper wires to test components and allow DMM readings without damaging terminals. You should know how to use a
connector test adapter kit, and use it whenever diagnostic procedures call for front probing any connector.
PCM service precautions
The PCM is designed to withstand the normal current draws associated with vehicle operations. However, care must be
used to avoid overloading any of these circuits. In testing for opens or shorts, do not ground or apply voltage to any of
the PCMs unless instructed to do so by the diagnostic procedures. These circuits should only be tested using the DMM.
Whenever a PCM removal or replacement is performed, follow the procedures in this chapter.
Damage of electrostatic discharge
The electronic components used in the control systems are often designed in order to carry very low voltage.The
electronic components are susceptible to damage caused by electrostatic discharge. Less than 100 volts of static
electricity can cause damage to some electronic components. There are several ways for a person to become statically
charged. The most common methods of charging are by friction and by induction. An example of charging by friction is a
person sliding across a car seat. Charging by induction occurs when a person with well insulated shoes stands near a
highly charged object and momentarily touches ground. Charges of the same polarity are drained off, leaving the person
highly charged with the opposite polarity. Static charges can cause damage. Be careful when handling and testing the
electronic components.
Aftermarket (add-on) electrical and vacuum equipment
The aftermarket (add-on) electrical and vacuum equipment is defined as any equipment installed on a vehicle after
leaving the factory where the vehicle was originally assembled that connects, in any way, to the vehicles electrical or
vacuum systems. No allowances have been made in the design of this vehicle for this type of equipment. Therefore,
addition of aftermarket equipment must be done with the utmost care for the vehicle.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Visual underhood inspection
One of the most important checks is a visual underhood inspection. This can often fix a problem. These quick checks
take only a few minutes, can save valuable time, and help you correct the problem. For further information, refer to the
"Visual inspection" in the "Symptoms".
All the powertrain diagnoses should begin with a thorough visual inspection. The visual inspection can often lead to
repair of a simple problem without use of the tables.
 Inspect all vacuum hoses for being pinched, cut, disconnected, or misrouted.
 Inspect for proper ground connections, ground eyelets connected to ground points, star washers installed, if
applicable.
 Inspect the battery positive junction block for loose retainer nuts.
 Inspect other wiring in the engine compartment for good connections, burned, or chaffed spots, pinched wires, or
harness contact with sharp edges or hot exhaust manifolds.
 Inspect for blown or missing fuses and for relays missing or installed in the wrong locations.
Use of diagnostic trouble code (DTC) tables
When diagnosing this powertrain, you will almost certainly need to use the diagnostic procedures in this or other
powertrain sections. The diagnostic procedures are mostly in the form of tables. The beginning of each DTC will be
notes about the circuit description and condition or the DTC diagnosed in the table. Reading the diagnostic support
information will help you understand the system being tested, the components involved in the test, how the PCM tests
the system (enabling conditions), how the PCM determines that the diagnostic has failed (conditions for setting the DTC),
and what the table is trying to accomplish.
Below are examples of the diagnostic support information and tables for DTCs:
Circuit description
The circuit description explains the sensor and/or circuits involved in setting the DTC. It also gives a brief description of
the time when the DTC is set.
Conditions of running the DTC
The running conditions (enabling conditions) are the conditions that must be met before the PCM will test the
sensor/system. These conditions are generally set up so that the sensor/system may be reliably inspected without a
false failure indication.
Conditions for setting the DTC
The setting conditions are the conditions that must be met for the DTC to set. A sensor/system is checked only after the
running conditions (described above) are met. If the enabling conditions are met, and the PCM detects an abnormal
sensor/system condition, the appropriate DTC is set.
Actions taken when the DTC is set
The actions taken are the steps the ECM takes after the DTC is set. These actions serve one of three purposes:
 To inform the driver of the problem
 To preserve the drivability of the vehicle
 To prevent the failure from causing any damage to the vehicle
Conditions for clearing the MIL / DTC
These are the conditions that must be met to turn OFF the MIL, and/or clear the DTC.
Diagnostic aids
The "Diagnostic aids" provide the helpful information when the conditions that caused the DTC or drivability problem is
not currently present. Sometimes, with the help of snapshot on DTC set data (Freeze frame or failure records) or
information from the driver, the problem may still be identified or at least narrowed down to a short list of possible
intermittent conditions. When this is true, the diagnostic aids may explain what to look for, and the most logical path to
locate an intermittent condition.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Test description
Test descriptions are explanations of the reason why certain inspections are done, and what the inspection is supposed
to uncover. The information is numbered according to the corresponding step in the diagnostic table. For the questions
of why a certain step is performed, or what results the step should actually produce, observe the step number next to the
check you are performing. Refer to the information under the "Test description" that has the same number for an
explanation.
Diagnostic tables
Diagnostic tables are an organized and systematic approach to diagnosing a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). The table
consists of five separate columns: Step number, action, value, yes and no. The step number indicates which step is
being performed. The "Action" column contains all necessary information about how to perform a certain test. The last
sentence in each action block will always be a question. The question can only be answered yes or no. The answer to
the question will dictate which column you will go to next YES or NO. The yes or no answer to each test will lead to the
next logical step within the diagnostic table. Most of the YES and NO boxes will take you to the next logical step within
the table. However, some boxes may lead to other system diagnostics or to the diagnostic aids when an intermittent
condition exists.
Always begin with Step 1 at the top of the table unless there is a notice or caution above it. Never skip steps or jump
ahead in the table unless specified by the Yes/No columns. Taking short cuts often leads to misdiagnosis. When a
problem is found, make the necessary repairs, and then verify the repair.
Verification of repair
Confident verification of a DTC repair can only be done by matching the test descriptions of the DTC and ensuring that
the DTC RUNS and PASSES. To know if a test runs and passes, use the scan tool and select DTC Status and note the
DTC that needs verification. The status of the diagnostic test can be now observed. For symptom repairs, drive the
vehicle and ensure the symptom is gone.
Checking terminal contact
Many tables will have you inspect the terminal contact before replacing a component. This is done because the checks
performed in tables can only check the continuity of a circuit across a wire or in-line connection, not the continuity across
the connection at a component. Checking the terminal contact will prevent the replacement of good components,
prevent comebacks due to intermittent connection problems, and make some repair jobs easier, as in replacing a
terminal instead of a component. For this reason, it is very important to inspect the terminal contact when instructed to
do so.
Inspecting the terminal contact is easy as long as you have a supply of new terminals handy. The terminal repair kit is a
good source of terminals for inspecting the terminal contact. It contains a supply of all currently used terminal series. To
inspect the terminal contact, start by inspecting the male terminals. They should be straight and aligned with other
terminals in the row. They should not be twisted, bent or otherwise damaged. The female terminal should be, likewise,
inspected for alignment and damage. Finally, take a new male terminal of the same series (e.g. Metri-pack 150,
Weatherpack, etc.) and connect it to the female terminals to be checked. It should not fall out or be easily jarred out of
connection. It should require some force to disconnect it. The force required to disconnect it will depend on the size of
the terminal being checked. Larger terminals, Metri-pack series for example, should be easier to disconnect by hand but
still should not fall out. Replace, do not repair, any damaged terminals.
Diagnosis of intermittent trouble
Diagnosing intermittent conditions can be difficult. The conditions for setting the DTC may not be present. This does not
mean that the problem is fixed. It simply means that the problem intermittently occurs. The problem may return in the
future. So, if at all possible, the problem should be diagnosed, and repaired. The only way to diagnose an intermittent
condition is to gather information from the time when the DTC was set. This can be done in two ways, through snapshot
data and driver observations. For further information, refer to "Snapshot procedure of scan tool".
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.120 The air-conditioning circuit controlled by engine control module
System diagnosis
Circuit description (Control schematics of A/C compressor)
When the A/C is selected through the HVAC controller, a signal is supplied to the control module through the A/C switch
circuit. The A/C relay is controlled through the ECM. The control module monitors the A/C refrigerant pressure. If the
A/C refrigerant pressure and engine operating conditions are within the specific calibrated acceptable ranges, the ECM
will enable the A/C relay. This is accomplished by providing a ground path for the A/C relay coil within the ECM. When
the A/C compressor relay is enabled, the battery positive voltage is supplied to the compressor clutch coil.
The ECM will enable the A/C compressor clutch whenever the engine is running and the A/C has been requested,
unless any of the following conditions are met:
 The vehicle speed is less than 110 km/h for running within 6 seconds if full loaded; The changing rate of TP angle is
more than 105o/s. If the vehicle speed is less than 15 km/h, the engine speed is less than 1408 rpm.
 The engine's water temperature is above 113°C, while the A/C thermistor temperature is above 7.06 C.
 In the dwell time after starting the engine, specific value depends on the starting water temperature and altitude. At
plain areas, the dwell time differs from 5-8 seconds according to different starting water temperatures.
 Within 9 seconds after turning off the A/C.
 Air conditioning (A/C) evaporator temperature is below 3 °C.
 The battery voltage is below 10V.
 Within 8 seconds after pressing the accelerator pedal to the wide open position.
Diagnostic aids
Inspect for the following items:
Important: Remove any debris from the connector surfaces before servicing a component. Inspect the connector
gaskets when diagnosing or replacing a component. Ensure that the gaskets are installed correctly. The gaskets
prevent the contaminant intrusion.
 Poor terminal connection - Inspect the harness connectors for backed out terminals, improper mating, broken locks,
improperly formed or damaged terminals, and faulty terminal-to-wire connection. Use a corresponding mating
terminal to test for proper tension.
 Damaged harness - Inspect the wiring harness for damage. If the harness inspection does not reveal a problem,
observe the display on the scan tool while moving the wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the scan
tool display may indicate the location of the fault.
 Inspect the PCM and engine grounds for clean and secure connections.
If the DTC is determined to be intermittent, reviewing the Failure Records can be useful in determining when the DTC
was last set.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Examination of air-conditioning circuit controlled by powertrain control module
Step
Action
Value (s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Did you perform the "Check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system"?
Are all of the ECM or HVAC DTCs stored?
Important: The following conditions must be met before
continuing with this step:
 The A/C evaporator temperature must be above
3°C.
 The coolant temperature must be below 113°C.
1. Turn the A/C selector switch to the OFF position.
2. Turn on the ignition, with the engine off.
3. Test for the engagement of the A/C system clutch or
A/C clutch.
1.
Start and operate the engine at 1000-1500 RPM.
2.
Turn the A/C selector switch to an A/C mode.
3.
Observe for the engagement of the A/C system
clutch or A/C clutch.
1.
Leave the A/C selector switch turned to an A/C
mode.
2.
Observe the A/C request display on the scan tool.
Does the A/C request display YES?
Observe the A/C pressure sensor display on the scan
tool.
Does the A/C pressure sensor indicate a voltage
between the specified values?
1.
Connect a refrigerant recovery, recycling, and
recharging (ACR4) to monitor high side refrigerant
pressure.
2.
Observe high side refrigerant pressure on the
refrigerant recovery, recycling, and recharging
(ACR4) gauge.
Is high side refrigerant pressure within the specified
values?
Inspect the A/C clutch fuse.
Is the A/C cutch fuse blown?
1.
Remove the A/C clutch fuse.
2.
Remove the A/C relay.
3.
Test for the following circuit conditions:
 Short to ground in the battery positive feed to the
A/C relay.
 Short to ground in the battery positive feed to the
A/C clutch.
 Shorted diode.
4.
If a problem is found, repair as necessary.
Did you find and correct the condition?
1.
Remove the A/C relay.
Yes
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
-
Go to Step 2
-
Diagnose the
appropriate
DTCs
Go to Step 3
-
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 4
-
Refer to
"Diagnostic
aids"
Go to Step 5
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 6
0.4V - 4.6V
Go to "A/C
system" in
"HVAC"
Go to Step 7
35psi 440psi
Go to " A/C
system
diagnosis" in
"HVAC" system
Go to "Air
conditioning
(A/C) refrigerant
pressure sensor
circuit"
-
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 10
-
Go to Step 18
Go to Step 15
-
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 11
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Step
Action
Connect a jumper wire with a 10A fuse between the
battery positive pole and A/C clutch coil power
supply socket in the relay connector.
Is the A/C clutch connected?
Test for the following circuit conditions:
1.
Open in the battery positive feed circuit to the A/ C
relay.
2.
Open in the battery positive feed circuit to the A/ C
clutch.
3.
Open in the A/C clutch ground circuit.
4.
Poor terminal connections in the A/C clutch coil
connector.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Test for poor terminal connections of A/C Relay in the
accessory wire junction block under engine cover. If poor
terminal connection is found, replace the accessory wire
junction block under engine cover.
Is failure found and corrected?
●
Turn the ignition OFF.
●
Remove the A/C relay.
●
Turn on the ignition. Is the A/C clutch engaged?
Disconnect the A/C clutch connector.
Is the A/C clutch engaged?
Replace the A/C clutch.
Is the replacement complete?
Replace the A/C relay compressor.
Is the replacement complete?
Locate and repair a short to voltage in the battery positive
feed circuit to the A/C clutch.
Is the repair complete?
Important: The following conditions must be met before
continuing with this step:
 The A/C evaporator temperature is above 3°C.
 The coolant temperature must be below 113°C.
1. Start the engine and let it run at a speed of
1000-1500rpm.
2. Switch on the A/C system option switch.
3. Listen to the connecting sound of the A/C clutch.
4. Wait for 5s and switch off the A/C gear selection
switch.
5. listen to the disconnecting sound of the A/C clutch.
Is the A/C clutch connected and then disconnected?
Value (s)
Yes
No
-
Go to Step 18
Go to Step 15
-
Go to Step 18
Go to Step 16
-
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 16
-
Go to Step 15
Go to Step 17
-
Go to Step 18
-
-
Go to Step 18
-
-
Go to Step 18
-
-
System OK
Go to Step 3
2.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.121 Diagnosis of electric cooling fan
Refer to the "Engine cooling fan"
Circuit description
The fan motor is supplied through the wiring junction block. The cooling fan relays are energized and the fan operates
when the current flows from the fan control fuse and main relay control fuse in the wiring junction block through the relay
coils to ground through the powertrain control module (PCM).
Diagnostic aids
If the owner complained of an overheating problem, determine if the complaint was due to an actual boil over, the
warning indicator illuminated, or the engine coolant temperature (ECT) gauge indicated overheating. The gauge
accuracy can also be checked by comparing the ECT sensor reading using a scan tool and comparing its reading with
the gauge reading. If the engine is actually overheating and the gauge indicated overheating, but the cooling fans are
not turning on, the ECT sensor may have shifted out of calibration and should be replaced. If the engine is overheating
and the cooling fans are on, the cooling system is suspected and should be checked.
Inspect for the following conditions:
Poor connection at the PCM, cooling fan relays or cooling fan motors - Inspect the harness connectors for:
 Backed out terminals
 Improper mating
 Broken locks
 Improperly formed or damaged terminals
 A poor terminal-to-wire connection.
Test description
The numbers below refer to step numbers in the diagnostic table:
1.
The PCM will enable the engine cooling fans when the certain diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) are set. Refer to
the applicable DTC table first before proceeding with this table.
2.
Allow the engine coolant temperature to cool below 88-100°C before proceeding with the diagnosis.
3.
Fan operating conditions:
 When the water temperature exceeds the threshold value (98°C), regardless of any other condition, the engine
cooling fan should be ON.
 A/C OFF at the idle speed: When the water temperature is below the threshold value (93°C), the engine cooling fan
should be OFF.
 A/C ON: The A/C fan keeps running.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Diagnosis of electric cooling fan
Step
Action
1.
2.
Did you perform the "Check of powertrain on-board
diagnostic (OBD) system"?
Are any DTCs set?
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to the
appropriate
DTCs
Go to Step 3
89°C
Go to Step 4
Go to cooling
fan table #1
-
Go to Step 5
Go to cooling
fan table #2
-
Go to Step 6
Go to cooling
fan table #3
-
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
-
System OK
Go to Step 9
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Install a scan tool.
The engine coolant temperature must be below the
specified value for all the fan diagnoses.
3.
Turn ON the ignition, with the engine and A/C OFF.
Are the cooling fans OFF?
With a scan tool, command engine cooling fans on.
Are the engine cooling fans operative?
Important note: Allow 3-5 seconds before determining if
the fans have switched from low to high speed. Give
instructions of high speed to the fans through .
1.
Exit outputs screen on the scan tool.
2.
Idle the engine leaving the A/C OFF.
Are the cooling fans ON?
Turn ON the A/C.
Are the cooling fans ON?
Value (s)
Does the scan tool display A/C request as YES?
-
9.
Does the scan tool display A/C request as YES?
-
10.
Replace the ECM. Is the action complete?
-
Go to "A/C
system
diagnosis in
HVAC"
Go to "Diagnosis
of PCM
controlled A/C
circuit"
System OK
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to Step 10
Go to "A/C
system
diagnosis in
HVAC"
-
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.122 Check of fuel tank leak
Note:
 Before attempting the check of fuel tank leak, place a dry chemical fire extinguisher near the work area.
 Before removing the fuel tank for a suspected leak, make sure the fuel hoses are not leaking onto the tank. Also,
make sure the fuel is not leaking around the fuel sender gasket.
1. Relieve the fuel system pressure. Refer to the "Fuel pressure relief procedure".
2. Remove the fuel tank. Refer to the "Replacement of fuel tank".
3. Plug all outlets as follows:
 Install the filler neck and vent hoses, upper neck assembly, and install the filler cap.
 Install the fuel tank sender with seal, and plug fuel lines.
 Install a short piece of fuel line on fuel tank meter vent tube.
4. Apply the air pressure to tank through a vent tube. Approximately 7 to 10 kPa (1 to 1.5 psi), pinch the fuel filler hose
to retain the pressure.
5. Test the suspected area for leaks with soap solution or by submersion. If any leak is noted, replace the tank. Refer
to the "Replacement of fuel tank".
6.4C.4.99 Alcohol/contaminants-in-fuel diagnosis
Alcohol concentrations greater than 10 percent in fuel can be detrimental to fuel system components and may cause
drivability problems such as hesitation, lack of power, stall, no start, etc.
The problems may be due to fuel system corrosion and subsequent fuel filter plugging, deterioration of rubber parts,
and/or air-fuel mixture leaning.
Various types and concentrations of alcohol are used in commercial fuel. Some alcohol is more detrimental to fuel
system components than others. If an excessive amount of alcohol in the fuel is suspected as the cause of a drivability
condition, the following procedure may be used to detect the presence of alcohol in the fuel.
Note
The fuel sample should be drawn from the bottom of the tank so that any water present in the tank will be detected. The
sample should be bright and clear. If the sample appears cloudy or contaminated with water (as indicated by a water
layer at the bottom of the sample), this procedure should not be used and the fuel system should be cleaned.
1. Use a 100 ml specified cylinder with 1 ml graduation marks, and fill the cylinder with fuel to the 90 ml mark.
2. Add 10 ml of water in order to bring the total fluid volume to 100 ml and install a stopper.
3. Shake the cylinder vigorously for 10 to 15 seconds.
4. Release the pressure inside and listen to the sound of the stopper closely.
5. Re-install the stopper and shake the cylinder vigorously again for 10-15 seconds.
6. Put the cylinder on a level surface for approximately 5 minutes in order to allow adequate liquid separation.
If the alcohol is present in the fuel, the volume of the lower layer (which would now contain both alcohol and water) will
be more than 10 ml. For example, if the volume of the lower layer is increased to 15 ml, this indicates at least 5 percent
water in the fuel. The actual amount of alcohol may be somewhat more because this procedure does not extract all of
the alcohol from the fuel.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.4.123 Diagnosis of electronic ignition (EI) system
Refer to the "Schematics of engine control system".
The secondary ignition check tests for faulty spark plugs, plug wires, or IC module and coils.
Diagnosis of electronic ignition equipment (EI) system
Step
Action
1.
2.
3.
Did you perform the "Check of powertrain on-board
diagnosis (OBD) system"?
Test for spark at each cylinder. Did you observe any
non-sparking cylinders?
Note: It is possible for an arching spark plug wire to IC
module or arching ignition coil to IC module to cause a
stall or no start condition.
Inspect and test the affected cylinder spark plug wires,
ignition coils, and spark plugs for a short to ground or
arching to ground. If carbon tracking or corrosion is
present, replace both components affected.
Did you find and correct the conditions?
4.
Test the affected spark plug wires for proper resistance.
Replace the spark plug wires not near specification.
Did you find and correct the conditions?
5.
Switch the affected cylinder coil with a known good one.
If the fault follows the affected coil, replace it.
Did you find and correct the condition?
6.
Inspect the spark plug wires for proper routing and for the
correct firing order. If any spark plug wires are found to
be misrouted, reroute as necessary.
Did you find and correct the condition?
7.
With a DMM, check spark plugs for internal short to
ground. Replace any grounded spark plugs found.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Yes
-
Go to Step 2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 6
-
Go to "Check of
powertrain
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to Step 4
-
-
1.
2.
8.
9.
10.
Remove the spark plugs.
Inspect the spark plugs for damage. If any spark
plugs are found to be bad, replace the affected
spark plugs.
Is the replacement complete?
1. Disconnect the IC module.
2. Turn the ignition ON.
3. With a test lamp connected to a good ground, probe
the ignition control module ignition feed circuit.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
1. Ensure the battery voltage is within specifications.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Connect a DMM between the 58X reference high
circuit and the 58X reference low circuit at the IC
module harness connector.
Value (s)
Go to "Check of
powertrain
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
No
Go to "Check of
powertrain
on-board
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
-
Go to "Check of
powertrain
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
-
-
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 12
-
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 11
Engine Control System （1.2L）
Step
Action
Crank the engine while observing the AC duty cycle
(%).
Does the DMM indicate the AC duty cycle present?
Test the 58X crankshaft sensor circuits for the following
conditions:
a. An open circuit
b. A short to ground
c. A short to voltage
58X reference high and 58X reference low circuits
shorted together. Repair any damaged wiring.
Did you find and correct the condition?
Value (s)
Yes
No
-
Go to "Check of
powertrain
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to Step 14
4.
11.
12.
Repair the open or short to ground in the IC module
ignition feed circuit.
Is the repair complete?
-
13.
Replace the ignition control module.
Is the replacement complete?
-
14.
Replace the 58X crankshaft sensor.
Is the replacement complete?
-
Go to "Check of
powertrain
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
Go to "Check of
powertrain
diagnostic
(OBD) system"
-
-
-
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5 Repair instructions
6.4C.5.1 Replacement of intake air
temperature sensor
Removal procedure
1. Disconnect the negative electrode of battery, open
the right front seat.
2. Disconnect the plug of intake temperature sensor.
3. Unplug the intake air temperature sensor.
13AC-06C05001
Installation procedure
1. Install the intake air temperature sensor on the
bellows.
Fastening
Intake air temperature sensor has an interference fit with
the bellows.
2
Connect the plug of intake air temperature sensor.
3
Connect the negative electrode of battery.
13AC-06C05002
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.2 Intake pressure sensor
replacement
Removal procedure
1. Disconnect the battery, open the right front seat.
2. Disconnect the plug of the intake pressure sensor.
3. Loosen the fastening bolts of the intake pressure
sensor from the intake manifold.
4. Disassemble the intake pressure sensor from the
intake manifold.
13AC-06C05003
Installation procedure
1. Install the intake temperature sensor onto the
intake manifold.
2. Install the fastening bolt on the intake pressure
sensor and tighten to the specified torque range.
Fastening
Tighten the fastening bolt of the intake pressure sensor
of the system to 8-12N.M.
3. Connect the plug of intake pressure sensor.
4. Connect the negative electrode of battery.
13AC-06C05004
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.3 Replacement of electronic throttle
valve body assembly
Removal procedure
1. Disconnect the battery, open the right front seat.
2. Disassembly the bellows according to the
“Replacement of bellows”.
3. Disassemble the fastening bolts of the electronic
throttle valve.
4. Disassemble the plug of the throttle position sensor.
5. Take off the electronic throttle valve assembly.
13AC-06C05005
Installation procedure
1. Install the electronic throttle valve assembly on the
flange of the intake manifold throttle.
2. Install the fastening bolts of the electronic throttle
valve assembly, and fasten to a torque as
requested.
Fastening
Fasten the electronic throttle valve assembly fastening
bolt to 8-12 N·M.
3. Connect the harness plug with the plug of the
throttle position sensor.
4. Connect the negative electrode of battery.
13AC-06C05006
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.4 Replacement of EGR Valve
Removal procedure
1. Disconnect the battery, open the front seat.
2. Disassemble the plug of EGR valve harness.
3. Disassemble the fastening bolt of EGR valve.
4. Take off the fastening support of EGR valve.
5. Take off the EGR valve.
13AC-06C05007
Installation procedure
1
Install the EGR valve and its support, and fasten
them with bolts as per requested torque.
Fastening
Fasten the EGR valve bolt to 6-10N.M.
2
Connect the harness plug to the plug of EGR valve.
3
Connect the negative electrode of battery.
13AC-06C05008
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.5 Replacement of air intake side VVT
actuator
Removal procedure:
1. Disconnect the battery, open the front seat.
2. Disconnect the harness plug of the air intake side
VVT actuator.
3. Disassemble the fastening bolt of the air intake side
VVT actuator.
4. Take off the air intake side VVT actuator.
13AC-06C05009
Installation procedure:
1. Fix the air intake side VVT actuator on the engine
with fastening bolts and fasten the bolts as
requested.
Fastening
Fasten the bolts of the air intake side VVT actuator to
55-65N.M.
2. Connect the harness plug with the plug of the air
intake side VVT actuator.
3. Connect the negative electrode of battery.
13AC-06C05010
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.6 Replacement of front oxygen
sensor
Removal procedure
1. Disconnect the wiring harness from the oxygen
sensor plug.
2. Unscrew the front oxygen sensor off from the
three-way catalyst.
13AC-06C05011
Installation procedure
1. Install the front oxygen sensor onto the three-way
catalyst and then tighten to the specified torque.
Fastening
Fasten the front oxygen sensor to 40—60N.M.
2. Connect the wiring harness with the front oxygen
sensor plug.
13AC-06C05012
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.7 Replacement of back oxygen
sensor
Removal procedure
1. Disconnect the wiring harness from the back
oxygen sensor plug.
2. Unscrew the back oxygen sensor off from the tail of
the three way catalyst in the exhaust pipe.
13AC-06C05013
Installation procedure
1. Install the back oxygen sensor onto the tail of the
three way catalyst in the exhaust pipe, and then
tighten to the specified torque.
Fastening
Fasten the back oxygen sensor to 40—60N.M.
2. Connect the wiring harness to the back oxygen
sensor plug.
13AC-06C05014
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.8 Replacement of camshaft position
sensor
Removal procedure
1. Disconnect the battery, open the front seat.
2. Disconnect the harness with the phase sensor plug.
3. unscrew the fastening bolts of the phase sensor.
4. Take off the camshaft sensor.
13AC-06C05015
Installation procedure
1. Install the camshaft position sensor onto the seat of
the camshaft position sensor.
2. Install the fastening bolt of the camshaft position
sensor, and then tighten to the specified torque..
Fastening
Fasten the fastening bolt of the phase sensor to
8-12N.M.
3. Connect the harness to the phase sensor plug.
4. Connect the negative electrode of battery.
13AC-06C05016
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.9 Replacement of crankshaft
position sensor
Removal procedure
1. Disconnect the battery, open the left front seat.
2. Disconnect the harness with the crankshaft position
sensor plug.
3. Loosen the connecting bolt between the crankshaft
position sensor and the transmission.
4. Take off the crankshaft position sensor.
13AC-06C05017
Installation procedure
1. Install the crankshaft position sensor on the
transmission.
2. Install the crankshaft position tightening bolt and
tighten to the specified torque.
Fastening
Fasten the crankshaft position sensor to the torque of
8-12N•M.
3. Connect the harness with the crankshaft position
sensor plug.
4. Connect the negative electrode of battery.
13AC-06C05018
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.10 Replacement of coolant
temperature sensor
Removal procedure
1. Open the sealed cover of coolant compensation
tank, and decompress the pressure of the cooling
system. Refer to the description about "emptying
and filling cooling system" of the engine cooling
system.
2. Disconnect the harness plug from the coolant
temperature sensor.
3. Unscrew the coolant temperature sensor from the
intake manifold.
4. Collect the overflowing coolant.
13AC-06C05019
Installation procedure
1. Apply GY-340 anaerobic adhesive to the threaded
parts of the coolant temperature sensor.
2. Install the coolant temperature sensor onto the
intake manifold and tighten to the specified torque.
13AC-06C05020
Fastening
Fasten the coolant temperature sensor to the
torque18-22 N•M.
3. Connect the harness plug to the coolant
temperature sensor.
4. Replenish the coolant to specified amount and
exhaust air from the cooling system. Refer to the
description about "emptying and filling cooling
system" of the engine cooling system.
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.11 Replacement of knock sensor
Removal procedure
1. Disconnect the battery, open the left and right front
seats.
2. Disassemble the auxiliary dashboard, gear shift
mechanism, handbrake, table plate welded pieces.
Refer to the “Replacement of auxiliary dashboard,
gear shift mechanism, handbrake and table plate
welded pieces”.
3. Disassemble the intake manifold, refer to the
“Replacement of intake manifold”.
4. Disconnect the harness with the knock sensor plug.
5. Loosen the connecting bolts of knock sensor and
crankcase.
6. Take off the knock sensor.
13AC-06C05021
Installation procedure
1. Install the knock sensor to the corresponding
position on the crankshaft.
2. Install the knock sensor tightening bolt and tighten
to the specified torque.
Fastening
Fasten the knock sensor tightening bolt to 20±5 N•M.
3. Connect the harness patch plug to the knock
sensor.
4. Connect the negative electrode of battery.
13AC-06C05022
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.12 Replacement of canister solenoid
valve
Removal procedure
1. Disconnect the battery, open the right front seats.
2. Disassemble the vacuum hose connected with the
intake manifold from the canister solenoid valve.
3. Loosen the rubber hose clamp connecting the
canister solenoid valve and the canister, to
disassemble the rubber hose and clamp.
4. Loosen the fastening bolt of the canister solenoid
valve bracket.
5. Disassemble the canister solenoid valve and its
bracket.
6. Disassemble the canister solenoid valve from its
bracket.
13AC-06C05023
Installation program
1. Install the canister solenoid valve onto its bracket.
2. Install the canister solenoid valve and bracket onto
the intake manifold.
3. Install the fastening bolt of the canister solenoid
valve bracket and tighten to the specified torque.
Fastening
Fasten the canister solenoid valve bracket fastening bolt
to the torque of 8-12 N·M.
4. Install the rubber hose connected to the canister
onto the canister solenoid valve, and clamp well.
5. Install the vacuum hose connected to the intake
manifold onto the canister solenoid valve.
6. Connect the negative electrode of battery.
13AC-06C05024
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.13 Replacement of engine module
Removal procedure
1. Disconnect the negative electrode of battery.
2. Find the ECM under the side seat.
3. Disassemble the fastening bolt of the ECM bracket.
4. Take out the ECM from the module.
5. Disconnect the harness plug with the electronic
module socket.
Warning: make sure to disconnect the battery for at
least 20 seconds before removing the module
connection.
13AC-06C05025
Installation procedure
1. Insert the harness plug into the socket on the
electronic control module.
2. Install the electronic module into the module
bracket.
3. Tighten the bolt on the module bracket.
4. Connect the negative cable to the battery.
13AC-06C05026
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.5.14 Replacement of electronic
accelerator pedal
Removal procedure
1. Find out the electronic accelerator pedal assembly
under the instrument board.
2. Disconnect the electronic accelerator pedal plug.
3. Loosen the fastening bolt of the electronic
accelerator pedal assembly.
13AC-06C05027
Installation procedure
1. Insert the electronic accelerator pedal’s harness
plug.
2. tighten the fastening bolt of the electronic
accelerator pedal bracket.
Fastening
Fasten the electronic accelerator pedal assembly
fastening bolt to the torque of 9-11 N·M.
13AC-06C05028
Engine Control System （1.2L）
6.4C.6 Descriptions and operation
6.4C.6.1 General description
The engine is equipped with an improved engine control
system. The system provides individual injectors,
controlled by the ECM (engine control module) and
energizes injectors in pair. That is to say, while the
crankshaft rotates every 180 degrees, fuel injector 1 and
4 as well as 2 and 3 will be energized once in turn. The
purpose is to ensure sufficient burning under the
condition of keeping the engine operate at the low speed
and low emission level, obtaining the maximum torque.
The ignition is directly controlled by the direct ignition
system (DIS).
Important repair instructions









Only program storage（PROM）assigned to the
vehicle is allowed to use.
Don't contact the oxygen sensor with fuel and
silicones. Don't clean it with gasoline or contact with
it.
Don't use corrosion protection on or around catalytic
converter and oxygen sensor.
The intake and exhaust system leaks (dead air) in
the front of the catalytic converter could cause the
reading mistake of oxygen sensor.
The leaks of vapor control system may cause the
fluctuation of idle-speed rotational degree.
If the injectors are leaking, the engine could
continue to run after the ignition is turned off (Diesel
effect).
If the engine is difficult to start, check the fuel
system, fuel pump relay and ignition systems.
Before removing electronic components, disconnect
the ground wiring with the battery.
After disconnecting with the battery, all the trouble
codes stored in the storage locations and
“self-learned” idle speed and mixed correction will
be cancelled.
Notice: To prevent the overheating of catalytic converter,
perform a balance test on the cylinder according to
following steps based on the order of time (if necessary):
 The longest closing time of a cylinder is 8 seconds.
 The minimum interval time between each opening
and closing of cylinder is 8 seconds.
6.4.6.2 Description of engine control
module(ECM)
The engine control module (ECM) is the core of the
engine management system. It controls the data from
different sensors and controllers. The information is used
to control the engine operation (fuel, spark advance
angle, A/C compressor speed). ECM is responsible for
giving full play to the engine under the condition of
minimum exhaust emission. The control module is on the
bottom right under the side seat.
6.4.6.3 Description of air intake system
This system is to collect, clean, check and control the
airflow, pass it into the intake manifold, and mix it with
fuel in the cylinder.
The system consists of the following components: air
filter, throttle body, air intake temperature sensor (IAT),
idle air control valve (IAC) and throttle position sensor
(TPS).
Electronic throttle body
The throttle body controls the airflow entering the intake
manifold. The air flowing into the engine is controlled by
the throttle valve.
6.4C.6.4 Sensor Information/ Switch
Description
Oxygen Sensor
The front oxygen sensor is in front of TWC, while back
oxygen sensor is at the tail of TWC.
The function of oxygen sensor is to monitor the content
of oxygen in exhaust gas, and send the information
related with the mixed air/ fuel proportion to ECM.
When the concentration of mixed gas is high, the data is
sent to ECM, reducing the amount of injected fuel, on the
contrary; when the concentration is low, injected fuel is
increased.
Intake Pressure Sensor
Installed on the intake manifold. The function of pressure
sensor is to measure the change of engine load and
speed, and convert the data into voltage.
Under some circumstances the absolute pressure sensor
of intake manifold can be used as below:
Measure air pressure, so as to make necessary
corrections to the engine control module (ECM), to
compensate different heights.
Engine control module (ECM) controls the delivery of fuel
and ignition advance angle using MAP sensor signal.
Intake Temperature Sensor
The function of temperature sensor is to measure the
temperature change of intake manifold on the engine,
and convert this data into the voltage.
Coolant Temperature Sensor (CTS)
Located att the top of engine thermostat seat, its function
is to report the temperature of engine coolant to engine
Engine Control System （1.2L）
control module (ECM), which reflects the engine
temperature.
ECM changes the ignition advance using received
information, and changes the fuel injection according to
engine temperature. When the Coolant Temperature
Sensor shows the value of 2.7V, which is equivalent with
40 centigrade, the oxygen sensor “Closed recycling
control”.
Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS)
The system has a serrated disc sticking close to the
pulley of transmission belt on the crankshaft, and an
inductive sensor connected to the position of the cylinder
radius which is close to the serrated disc. There are 58
teeth and one neutral position in the serrated disc, where
two teeth are missing and the degree of each tooth is 15
degree.
When the teeth pass through the sensor, the current will
change. The frequency of current changes can be
changed by the control unit and transferred to the engine
speed.
The space between two teeth may generate higher
voltage, which can inform the electronic control module
(ECM) the position of crankshaft, ECM determine the
ignition advance angle accordingly.
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)
The function of this sensor is to inform the vehicle speed
to the engine control module (ECM).The module controls
the idling speed using such information, and check the
vehicle stops or running.
ECM counts the signal (rectangular pulse), and
calculates the vehicle speed with the unit of km/h.
Knock Sensor (KS)
The knock sensor (KS) of engine management systems
is self-generated piezoelectric transducer. It is mounted
on the engine body and can generate the output voltage
according to the vibration amplitude of engine caused by
the knock. When there are knock existing on sensor
signal, ECM controls the knock through adjusting ignition
advance angle.
6.4C.6.5 Fuel Rail Description
The fuel rail is mounted on the intake manifold, and its
function is to determine the position of injector, assigning
the pressed fuel to the injector.6.4C.6.6
6.4C.6.6 Fuel Injector Description
Injector is an electromagnetic coil controlled by the
electronic control module (ECM). There is a ball valve
normally kept closed, and would be open under the
action of the energized electromagnetic coil, so that the
fuel flow through the injector till the orifice. The calibrated
hole on the orifice controls the flow of fuel and forms
conical spray, which is atomized and gasified then sent
to the combustor.
6.4C.7 Special tools and equipment
Graphical representation
Tool number/Name
X431 DTC
examination
07N06057
03
Fuel pressure gage